Ricoh D146 Service Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Ricoh Manuals
  4. All in One Printer
  5. D146
  6. Service manual

Ricoh D146 Service Manual

Hide thumbs Also See for D146:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SERVICE MANUAL

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading
Need help?

Need help?

Do you have a question about the D146 and is the answer not in the manual?

Questions and answers

Related Manuals for Ricoh D146

Summary of Contents for Ricoh D146

  • Page 1 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 SERVICE MANUAL...
  • Page 3 It is the reader's responsibility when discussing the information contained within this document to maintain a level of confidentiality that is in the best interest of Ricoh Americas Corporation and its member companies. NO PART OF THIS DOCUMENT MAY BE REPRODUCED IN ANY FASHION AND DISTRIBUTED WITHOUT THE PRIOR PERMISSION OF RICOH AMERICAS CORPORATION.
  • Page 4 Ricoh Technical Training Program. Untrained uncertified users utilizing information contained in this service manual to repair or modify Ricoh equipment risk personal injury, damage to property or loss of warranty protection. Ricoh Americas Corporation...
  • Page 5 LEGEND COMPANY PRODUCT CODE LANIER RICOH SAVIN D146 MP C3003 MP C3003 MP C3003 D147 MP C3503 MP C3503 MP C3503 D148 MP C4503 MP C4503 MP C4503 D149 MP C5503 MP C5503 MP C5503 D150 MP C6003 MP C6003...

  • Page 6: Table Of Contents

    1.2 MACHINE CODES AND PERIPHERALS CONFIGURATION ....1-20 1.2.1 DIAGRAM ..................1-20 D146/D147 Options (mainly North America) ........1-20 D146/D147 Options (mainly Europe and Asia) ........1-23 D148D149 Options (mainly North America) ........1-26 D148/D149 Options (mainly Europe and Asia) ........1-29 D150 Options (mainly North America) ..........
  • Page 7 Fusing ....................1-42 Electrical component ................1-43 1.4.2 NEW FEATURES OF D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 ...... 1-43 1.4.3 IMPORTANT NOTICE FOR MACHINE .......... 1-44 2. INSTALLATION ................2-1 2.1 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS ............2-1 2.1.1 ENVIRONMENT ................2-1 2.1.2 MACHINE LEVEL ................2-2 2.1.3 MACHINE SPACE REQUIREMENTS ..........2-2 2.1.4 MACHINE DIMENSIONS ..............
  • Page 8 SIDE TRAY TYPE M3 ................ 2-83 2.14.1 ACCESSORY CHECK .............. 2-83 2.14.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ..........2-84 2.15 BOOKLET FINISHER SR3170 (D688)/ FINISHER SR3160 (D689) .. 2-87 2.15.1 ACCESSORY CHECK .............. 2-87 2.15.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ..........2-88 Auxiliary Tray ..................2-93 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 9 Key Counter ..................2-138 2.23 INTERNAL OPTIONS ..............2-140 2.23.1 LIST OF SLOTS ..............2-140 D148/D149/D150 ................2-140 D146/D147 ..................2-141 2.24 IEEE 1284 INTERFACE BOARD TYPE A ........2-142 2.24.1 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ..........2-142 2.25 IEEE 802.11A/G/N INTERFACE UNIT TYPE M2 ......2-144 2.25.1...
  • Page 10 To update EXJS ................2-178 When checking the version of EXJS ..........2-180 Browser unit uninstallation procedure ..........2-180 2.34.3 SETTINGS ................2-181 Browser default setting ..............2-181 2.35 SD CARD FOR NETWARE PRINTING TYPE M4/M3 ..... 2-182 2.35.1 ACCESSORY CHECK ............2-182 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 11 3.3.2 SKEW ....................3-9 Exposure glass ..................3-9 ADF ....................3-10 4. REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT ........4-1 4.1 NOTES ON THE MAIN POWER SWITCH..........4-1 4.1.1 PUSH SWITCH ................. 4-1 Characteristics of the Push Switch (DC Switch) ........4-1 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 12 4.5.5 LCD PANEL ..................4-22 4.5.6 LCD ....................4-23 Notes when replacing the LCD ............4-23 Replacement procedure ..............4-25 4.6 SCANNER UNIT ..................4-27 4.6.1 SCANNER EXTERIOR ..............4-27 Scanner Upper Cover................. 4-27 Scanner Right Cover ................4-27 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 13 Adjustment after replacing the polygon motor ........4-56 4.7.3 IMAGING TEMPERATURE SENSOR (THERMISTOR) ....4-56 4.8 PCDU ....................... 4-57 4.8.1 NOTES WHEN REPLACING A PCDU ........... 4-57 D146/D147/ D148 ................4-57 D149/D150 ..................4-57 4.8.2 PCDU ....................4-58 Adjustment before replacing the PCDU..........4-58...
  • Page 14 TRANSFER MOTOR UNIT ............4-83 4.11.5 IMAGING DRIVE UNIT ............. 4-85 4.11.6 PCU MOTOR: CMY ..............4-86 4.11.7 DEVELOPMENT MOTOR: CMY ..........4-86 4.11.8 DEVELOPMENT MOTOR: BLACK ........... 4-87 4.11.9 PCU: BLACK / IMAGE TRANSFER MOTOR ......4-87 4.11.10 REGISTRATION MOTOR ............. 4-87 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 15 HEATING SLEEVE BELT UNIT ..........4-104 Replacement ..................4-104 4.12.9 PRESSURE ROLLER ............. 4-105 Adjustment before replacing the pressure roller ....... 4-105 Replacement ..................4-105 4.12.10 THERMOSTAT UNIT ............4-107 4.12.11 NC SENSOR UNIT .............. 4-108 4.12.12 FUSING THERMISTOR ............4-108 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 16 BY-PASS TRAY SIDE FENCE (D150 ONLY) ......4-132 4.16 DUPLEX UNIT ................. 4-134 4.16.1 DUPLEX UNIT ................ 4-134 4.16.2 DUPLEX/BY-PASS MOTOR ........... 4-136 4.16.3 DUPLEX ENTRANCE SENSOR ..........4-137 4.16.4 DUPLEX JAM PROCESSING LED ......... 4-139 4.16.5 DUPLEX EXIT SENSOR ............4-139 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 17 DRIVE COOLING FAN (D148/D149/D150) ......4-161 4.18.9 MAIN EXHAUST FAN (D148/D149/D150) ......4-162 4.18.10 TONER SUPPLY COOLING FAN ........4-163 D148/D149/D150 ................4-163 D146/D147 ..................4-164 4.18.11 PSU COOLING FAN ............4-165 4.18.12 PSU EXHAUST HEAT FAN (D148/D149/D150) ....4-166 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 18 5.3.1 SC200 (ENGINE: IMAGE WRITING) ..........5-22 5.4 SERVICE CALL 312-396 ................. 5-28 5.4.1 SC300 (ENGINE: CHARGE, DEVELOPMENT) ......5-28 5.5 SERVICE CALL 441-498 ................. 5-33 5.5.1 SC400 (ENGINE: AROUND THE DRUM) ........5-33 5.6 SERVICE CALL 501-584 ................. 5-41 xiii D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 19 5.11.4 SENSOR LOCATIONS ............5-213 5.12 ELECTRICAL COMPONENT DEFECTS ......... 5-214 5.12.1 D148/D149/D150 ..............5-214 5.12.2 D146/D147 ................5-215 5.12.3 FUSE POSITION..............5-216 5.13 IMAGE QUALITY ................5-218 5.13.1 WHEN AN ABNORMAL IMAGE IS GENERATED ....5-218 6. ENERGY SAVE ................6-1 6.1 ENERGY SAVE ..................
  • Page 20 READ THIS FIRST Important Safety Notices Prevention of Physical Injury Before disassembling or assembling parts of the copier and peripherals, make sure that the copier power cord is unplugged. The wall outlet should be near the copier and easily accessible. If any adjustment or operation check has to be made with exterior covers off or open while the main switch is turned on, keep hands away from electrified or mechanically driven components.

  • Page 21: Laser Safety

    Observance of Electrical Safety Standards The copier and its peripherals must be serviced by a customer service representative who has completed the training course on those models. § Keep the machine away from flammable liquids, gases, and aerosols. A fire or an explosion might occur.
  • Page 22 § Use of controls, or adjustment, or performance of procedures other than those specified in this manual may result in hazardous radiation exposure. § Turn off the main switch before attempting any of the procedures in the Laser Optics Housing Unit section. Laser beams can seriously damage your eyes. CAUTION MARKING: Warnings, Cautions, Notes In this manual, the following important symbols and notations are used.
  • Page 23 Symbols, Abbreviations and Trademarks This manual uses several symbols and abbreviations. The meaning of those symbols and abbreviations are as follows: Clip ring Screw Connector Clamp Short Edge Feed Long Edge Feed [A] Short Edge Feed (SEF) [B] Long Edge Feed (LEF) Trademarks ®...

  • Page 24: Product Information

    PRODUCT INFORMATION R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY Pag e Date Ad d ed / Upd ated / New None...

  • Page 26: Product Overview

    Product Overview 1. PRODUCT INFORMATION 1.1 PRODUCT OVERVIEW 1.1.1 COMPONENT LAYOUT Description Description Scanner Unit Paper Feed Unit Paper Exit Unit Waste Toner Unit Fusing Unit Laser Exposure Unit Paper Transfer Unit PCDU Duplex Unit Image Transfer Unit D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 27 Scanner Unit Description Description Operation Panel Scanner Input/Output (SIO) board Scanner lamp Unit (LED) Scanner motor Auto Paper Size detection (APS) Scanner Home Position sensor sensor Anti-condensation heater (Scanner Sensor Board Unit (SBU) heater) DF Position Sensor *1 Option D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 28: Laser Exposure Unit

    Product Overview Laser Exposure Unit Description Description Skew motor Polygon mirror motor Synchronizing detector board: M/Y-S LD Drive Board (M/Y) Skew motor LD Drive Board (Bk/C) Synchronizing detector board: Skew motor Bk/C-S D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 29: Image Transfer Unit

    Product Overview Image Transfer Unit Description Interlock switch: Front cover (LD Safety Switch) Interlock switch: Duplex Unit (LD Safety Switch) Imaging Temperature Sensor (Thermistor) TM/P sensor shutter solenoid TM/P sensor (rear) TM/P sensor (center) TM/P sensor (front) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 30: Pcdu

    Product Overview PCDU Description Description PCDU (Y) PCDU (C) PCDU (M) PCDU (Bk) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 31: Toner Supply / Waste Toner Bottle

    ID chip (C) Toner end sensor (C) Toner bottle drive motor (C) Toner end sensor (Bk) ID chip (Bk) Toner transport motor (Bk) Toner bottle drive motor (Bk) Waste toner capacity sensor Toner transport motor (Y) Waste toner bottle set switch D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 32: Paper Feed Unit

    Paper end sensor (1st feed tray) Size switch (2nd Feed Tray) Limit sensor (1st feed tray) Anti-condensation heater Pick-up solenoid (2nd feed tray) Paper feed sensor (2nd Feed Tray) Pick-up solenoid (1st feed tray) Transport sensor (2nd Feed Tray) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 33: Duplex Unit

    Product Overview Duplex Unit Description Description Duplex entrance motor By-pass/Duplex motor Duplex unit open/close sensor Double feed sensor (D150 only) Duplex entrance sensor By-pass paper end sensor By-pass unit open/close sensor Duplex exit sensor By-pass pick-up solenoid D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 34: By-Pass Unit

    Product Overview By-pass unit Upper fig.: D146/D147/D148/D149 Lower fig.: D150 Description Description Main Scanning Sensor By-pass length sensor By-pass length sensor Side Fence Drive Motor Main Scanning Sensor Side Fence Paper Contact sensor Side Fence Paper Contact sensor D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 35: Fusing Unit

    Thermistor (center) Shield position sensor (Lower) Thermostat (edge) Shield position sensor (Upper) Thermostat (center) Thermopile (edge) NC sensor (center) Thermopile (center) NC sensor (edge) Fusing exit sensor Thermistor (edge) Shield drive motor Shield sensor 1 / 2 Fusing heater D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 1-10...

  • Page 36: Paper Transfer / Paper Exit

    Product Overview Paper Transfer / Paper Exit Description Description Paper transfer roller home position Inversion Motor sensor Paper exit full sensor Fusing entrance sensor Inversion Sensor Fusing jam sensor Paper exit sensor Paper exit solenoid 1-11 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 37: Air Flow

    Paper exit cooling fan Thermistor Development intake fan/right Drive cooling fan Development intake fan/left Toner supply cooling fan PSU cooling fan Fusing exhaust heat fan PSU exhaust heat fan Main exhaust fan Ozone exhaust fan * D150/D149/D148 only D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 1-12...

  • Page 38: Drive Unit

    Drive Unit Description Description Imaging IOB Registration Motor Development Motor: CMY PCU Motor: CMY Development Motor: Black Phase sensor PCU: Black / Image Transfer Motor Fusing Motor Paper Feed Motor Paper Exit / Pressure Release Motor Transport Motor 1-13 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 39: Board / Switch

    Product Overview Board / Switch Description Description Power switch PSU (AC controller board) Interlock switch: front cover PSU (DC Power) HVP_TTS Control board Controller box cooling fan Paper Transport IOB IPU Sub * SPDF only D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 1-14...

  • Page 40: Paper Path

    Product Overview 1.1.2 PAPER PATH Description Description SPDF DF3080 Booklet Finisher SR3150 LCIT RT3030 Bridge Unit BU3070 LCIT PB3170 1-15 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 41 Product Overview Description Description ARDF DF3090 Paper Feed Unit PB3160 LCIT RT3030 Internal Finisher SR3130 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 1-16...
  • Page 42 Product Overview Description Description Platen Cover PN2000 Side Tray Type M3 Paper Feed Unit PB3150 1 Bin Tray BN3110 1-17 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 43: Drive Layout

    Toner transport motor (Y) Paper transfer contact motor Toner transport motor (M) Fusing motor Toner transport motor (C) Paper exit / Pressure release motor Toner transport motor (Bk) Duplex entrance motor Development Motor: CMY Inversion motor PCU Motor: CMY D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 1-18...
  • Page 44 Product Overview Description Description Scanner motor Development Motor: Black Toner bottle drive motor (Bk) PCU: Black / Image Transfer Motor 1-19 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 45: Machine Codes And Peripherals Configuration

    Machine Codes and Peripherals Configuration 1.2 MACHINE CODES AND PERIPHERALS CONFIGURATION 1.2.1 DIAGRAM D146/D147 Options (mainly North America) Mainframe (D146/D147): ARDF as standard Item Machine Code Call out Finisher SR3140 D687 Booklet Finisher SR3150 D686 Punch Unit PU3050 D717-17 (NA)
  • Page 46 OCR Unit Type M2 D166-25 (NA) Smart Card Reader Built-in Unit Type M2 D739-06 Imageable Area Extension Unit Type M3 D739-07 Handset HS3020 D739-05 Marker Type 30 H903 ADF Handle TypeC D593-81 IEEE 1284 Interface Board Type A B679 1-21 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 47 Waste Toner Bottle MP C6003 D860-01 Color Controller E-22C D730-01 (NA) Color Controller Connection Board Type M3 D730-06 Color Controller Connection Board Type M4 D730-04 External Keyboard Bracket Type M3 D739-10 Smart Operation Panel Type M3 D148-81 (NA) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 1-22...

  • Page 48: D146/D147 Options (Mainly Europe And Asia)

    Machine Codes and Peripherals Configuration D146/D147 Options (mainly Europe and Asia) Mainframe (D146/D147): ARDF as standard Item Machine Code Call out Finisher SR3140 D687 Booklet Finisher SR3150 D686 D717-27 (EU) Punch Unit PU3050 D717-28 (SC) Internal Finisher SR3130 D690 D716-27 (EU)
  • Page 49 D166-26 (EU) OCR Unit Type M2 D166-27 (AP) Smart Card Reader Built-in Unit Type M2 D739-06 Imageable Area Extension Unit Type M3 D739-07 Marker Type 30 H903 ADF Handle TypeC D593-81 IEEE 1284 Interface Board Type A B679 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 1-24...
  • Page 50 SD Card for Fonts Type D D641 DataOverwriteSecurity Unit Type H D377-06 Waste Toner Bottle MP C6003 D860-01 Color Controller E-22C D730-01 (EU/AP) Color Controller Connection Board Type M3 D730-06 External Keyboard Bracket Type M3 D739-10 Smart Operation Panel Type M3 D148-83 (AP) 1-25 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 51: D148D149 Options (Mainly North America)

    D717-17 (NA) Booklet Finisher SR3170 D688 Finisher SR3160 D689 Punch Unit PU3060 D706-00 (NA) Internal Finisher SR3130 D690 Punch Unit PU3040 D716-17 (NA) Paper Feed Unit PB3160 D693 Paper Feed Unit PB3150 D694 Caster Table Type M3 D178 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 1-26...
  • Page 52 Smart Card Reader Built-in Unit Type M2 D739-06 Imageable Area Extension Unit Type M3 D739-07 Handset HS3020 D739-05 Marker Type 30 H903 ADF Handle TypeC D593-81 IEEE 1284 Interface Board Type A B679 Bluetooth Interfance Unit Type D D566 1-27 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 53 Waste Toner Bottle MP C6003 D860-01 Color Controller E-22C D730-01 (NA) Color Controller Connection Board Type M3 D730-06 Color Controller Connection Board Type M4 D730-04 External Keyboard Bracket Type M3 D739-10 Smart Operation Panel Type M3 D148-81 (NA) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 1-28...

  • Page 54: D148/D149 Options (Mainly Europe And Asia)

    Booklet Finisher SR3170 D688 Finisher SR3160 D689 D706-01 (EU) Punch Unit PU3060 D706-02 (SC) Internal Finisher SR3130 D690 D716-27 (EU) Punch Unit PU3040 D716-28 (SC) Paper Feed Unit PB3160 D693 Paper Feed Unit PB3150 D694 Caster Table Type M3 D178 1-29 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 55 Browser Unit Type M4 D166-17 (AP) SD card for NetWare printing Type M4 D166-19 D166-21 (EU) IPDS Unit Type M4 D166-22 (AP) D166-26 (EU) OCR Unit Type M2 D166-27 (AP) Smart Card Reader Built-in Unit Type M2 D739-06 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 1-30...
  • Page 56 SD Card for Fonts Type D D641 DataOverwriteSecurity Unit Type H D377-06 Waste Toner Bottle MP C6003 D860-01 Color Controller E-22C D730-01 (EU/AP) Color Controller Connection Board Type M4 D730-04 External Keyboard Bracket Type M3 D739-10 Smart Operation Panel Type M3 D148-83 (AP) 1-31 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 57: D150 Options (Mainly North America)

    Punch Unit PU3050 D717-17 (NA) Booklet Finisher SR3170 D688 Finisher SR3160 D689 Punch Unit PU3060 D706-00 (NA) Paper Feed Unit PB3160 D693 Paper Feed Unit PB3150 D694 Caster Table Type M3 D178 LCIT PB3170 D695-17 (NA) LCIT RT3030 D696-17 (NA) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 1-32...
  • Page 58 D739-07 Handset HS3020 D739-05 Marker Type 30 H903 ADF Handle TypeC D593-81 IEEE 1284 Interface Board Type A B679 Bluetooth Interfance Unit Type D D566 File Format Converter Type E D377-04 Copy Data Security Unit Type G D640 1-33 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 59 Waste Toner Bottle MP C6003 D860-01 Color Controller E-22C D730-01 (NA) Color Controller Connection Board Type M3 D730-06 Color Controller Connection Board Type M4 D730-04 External Keyboard Bracket Type M3 D739-10 Smart Operation Panel Type M3 D148-81 (NA) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 1-34...

  • Page 60: D150 Options (Mainly Europe And Asia)

    Punch Unit PU3050 D717-28 (SC) Booklet Finisher SR3170 D688 Finisher SR3160 D689 D706-01 (EU) Punch Unit PU3060 D706-02 (SC) Paper Feed Unit PB3160 D693 Paper Feed Unit PB3150 D694 Caster Table Type M3 D178 LCIT PB3170 D695-27 (EU/AP) 1-35 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 61 D166-21 (EU) IPDS Unit Type M4 D166-22 (AP) D166-26 (EU) OCR Unit Type M2 D166-27 (AP) Smart Card Reader Built-in Unit Type M2 D739-06 Imageable Area Extension Unit Type M3 D739-07 Marker Type 30 H903 ADF Handle TypeC D593-81 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 1-36...
  • Page 62 SD Card for Fonts Type D D641 DataOverwriteSecurity Unit Type H D377-06 Waste Toner Bottle MP C6003 D860-01 Color Controller E-22C D730-01 (EU/AP) Color Controller Connection Board Type M4 D730-04 External Keyboard Bracket Type M3 D739-10 Smart Operation Panel Type M3 D148-83 (AP) 1-37 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 63: Specifications

    Specifications 1.3 SPECIFICATIONS See "Appendices" for the following information: § General Specifications § Supported Paper Sizes § Software Accessories § Optional Equipment § Other Specifications D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 1-38...

  • Page 64: Guidance For Those Who Are Familiar With Predecessor Products

    Guidance for Those Who are Familiar with Predecessor Products 1.4 GUIDANCE FOR THOSE WHO ARE FAMILIAR WITH PREDECESSOR PRODUCTS 1.4.1 DIFFERENCES FROM PREDECESSOR Scan, LD unit, Paper feed unit Item D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 Predecessor Purpose Energy saving LED Scanning on all models 45/55 CPM halogen scan...

  • Page 65: Duplex, Driving, Main Frame

    Guidance for Those Who are Familiar with Predecessor Products Duplex, Driving, Main frame Item D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 Predecessor Purpose Duplex: 256g/m Paper capacity Internal tray reverse switch Duplex: 169g/m Duplex / back system Internal reverse system Down sizing Exit Jam detection No Jam detection LED...

  • Page 66: Toner Supplement, Image Transfer

    Guidance for Those Who are Familiar with Predecessor Products Item D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 Predecessor Purpose PCU: 30mm PCU: 40mm Downsizing Distance of PCU and Distance of PCU and Imrovement of charger roller Charger roller: 50 m Charger roller: 18 m Lubricant application blade in...

  • Page 67: Fusing

    Guidance for Those Who are Familiar with Predecessor Products Item D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 Predecessor Purpose ITB cleaning unit position ITB cleaning unit position § upper of ITB unit § left side of ITB unit Downsizing No lubricant in ITB cleaning § lubricant in ITB cleaning...

  • Page 68: Electrical Component

    OFF. Bracket added in the Handle ability No bracket for FCU to hold replacement FCU part improvement 1.4.2 NEW FEATURES OF D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 Item Description Android OS built in Android operation panel Simple UI for copy, scanner and FAX...

  • Page 69: Important Notice For Machine

    Guidance for Those Who are Familiar with Predecessor Products 1.4.3 IMPORTANT NOTICE FOR MACHINE Item D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 Predecessor SP cord SP enter code change To hold the main switch down is always required before start Procedure at electrical procedure for electrical board...

  • Page 70: Installation

    INSTALLATION R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY P a ge D a t e A d de d /U pd at e d /N ew Caster Table Type M3 45 ~ 46 3/11/2014 192 ∼...

  • Page 72: Installation Requirements

    (D135 for NA can be installed only up to 2,500m (8,202 ft.)) Place the main machine on a strong and level base. Inclination on any side should be no more than 5 mm (0.2"). Do not place the machine where it may be subjected to strong vibrations. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 73: Machine Level

    Right to left: Within 5 mm (0.2") 2.1.3 MACHINE SPACE REQUIREMENTS Left Over 100 mm (3.9") Rear Over 100 mm (3.9") Right Over 100 mm (3.9") Front Over 750 mm (29.5") Put the machine near the power source with the clearance shown above. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 74: Machine Dimensions

    Installation Requirements 2.1.4 MACHINE DIMENSIONS 1210 mm 1589.5 mm 1030 mm 1249.5 mm 180 mm 340 mm 247 mm 662.5 mm 783 mm 587 mm D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 75: Power Requirements

    Do not use an outlet extension plug or cord. § Ground the machine. Input voltage level Power supply Permissible voltage Destination Rated current consumption voltage fluctuation Imaging: 108V(120V-10%) to 138V(127V+8.66%) 120 to 127V 12A or more Motions: 102V(120V-15%) to 138V(127V+8.66%) Imaging: ±10% 220 to 240V Motions: ±15% D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 76: Main Machine Installation

    You need the optional paper tray unit or the tandem LCT if you want to install the finisher D686, D687, D688 or D689) or side LCT (D696). The punch unit is for 1000-sheet booklet finisher (D686), 1000-sheet finisher (D687), 2000-sheet booklet finisher (D688) and 3000-sheet finisher (D689). D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 77: Accessory Check

    Main Machine Installation 2.2.2 ACCESSORY CHECK Q’ty Description D146/D147 D148/ D149/ D150 Power Supply Cord (NA) Operation Instructions CD-ROM - Driver (NA) CD-ROM - Driver CD-ROM - OI Sheet - 20 Languages (CHN) Seal - 20 Languages Holder PCU Cover...

  • Page 78: Installation Procedure

    § When you lift the machine, hold the correct parts, as shown in the diagram below. § Do not lift by holding the scanner unit, etc., because this might deform the machine or break the exterior covers D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 79 SPDF. Make sure to remove the cardboard stabilizer shown below. If you do not, JAM 27 or JAM 64 may occur when printing out onto B4, DLT, or SRA3 sized paper in duplex mode. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 80 Remove the paper size decal [A] on the exposure glass. Pull out the 1st paper feed tray, and remove the orange tape and retainers. Pull out the 2nd paper feed tray, and remove the orange tape and retainers. Remove the scanner support [A]. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 81 Main Machine Installation Open the front cover, and store the scanner support in the storage location [A]. § The factory setting sheet is kept in the position [A]. Remove the PCDU [A]. ( ×4, ×4) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-10...
  • Page 82 10. Remove the orange tapes [A]. § When removing the orange tapes, remove the orange tapes one by one without removing the preset seal as shown below. 11. Remove the preset seal [A] in the direction of the blue arrow. 2-11 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 83 § When you return the PCDU to its original position, check the color (engraving), and set each color unit in the right position. 13. Attach the PCDU front cover [A] with the screws provided (3×10) [B]. ( ×4) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-12...
  • Page 84 Also, hook the harness in two places [A]. 14. Rotate the ITB contact/separation lever [A] clockwise, and set it to the position in the following picture. 15. Attach the ITB unit front cover [A] with the screw provided (3×8) [B]. 2-13 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 85: For Machines With Preinstalled Spdf: Removal Of Protective Sheet

    § If the protective sheet remains in the SPDF, a paper jam will be detected. Toner bottle installation Open the front cover. Shake the toner bottle (Bk) 5 to 6 times. Remove the toner bottle protection cap [A]. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-14...
  • Page 86 Push the toner bottle into the machine slowly. Set the toner bottles (Y, M, C) in the same way. Close the front cover. § When the power is turned on, it will fill up for the first time in about 5 minutes. 2-15 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 87: Attaching Paper Output Tray Parts

    LCT. Keep these decals for use with these optional units. Connecting the power cord § Do not use any connectors other than the power cord provided. Also, do not use an extension cord. Connect the power cord to the machine. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-16...

  • Page 88: Image Quality Test / Settings

    The machine contains the Security functions (Data Overwrite Security and HDD Encryption unit) built into the controller board. If you are installing a new machine, it is recommended to activate the Data Overwrite Security and HDD Encryption unit by selecting "Format All Data" from “System Settings” on the operation panel. 2-17 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 89 If any of these settings is at a factory default value, tell the customer these settings must be changed before you do the installation procedure. Make sure that “Admin. Authentication” is on. [System Settings] -> [Administrator Tools] -> [Administrator Authentication Management] -> D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-18...
  • Page 90 Exit the User Tools mode. This icon is lit when there is temporary data to be Icon [1] overwritten, and blinks during overwriting. This icon is lit when there is no temporary data to be Icon [2] overwritten. 2-19 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 91 Turn off the main power switch. Enable Encryption Setting: Press the [User tools/Counter] key. Press [System Settings]. Press [Administrator Tools]. Press [Machine Data Encryption Settings].If this item is not visible, press [Next] to display more settings. Press [Encrypt]. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-20...
  • Page 92 To carry over only the machine settings data, select [File System Data Only]. To reset all of the data, select [Format All Data]. The following message will be displayed. Press the [Start] key to print the encryption key for safe keeping. Press [Exit] to remove the following message. 2-21 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 93 "Memory Conversion complete. Turn the main power switch off" is displayed as below. Then turn the main power switch off and on. Then initial operation display appears again. After this step, HDD data encryption has already been completed. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-22...
  • Page 94 Main Machine Installation Check the Encryption Settings Press the [User tools/Counter] key Press [System Settings]. Press [Administrator Tools]. Press [Machine Data Encryption Settings]. Please confirm whether the encryption has been completed or not on this display. 2-23 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 95 If this item is not visible, press [Next] to display more settings. Press [Print Encryption Key]. Encryption key sample The encryption key is printed out as a sheet of paper like the example shown above. Please instruct the customer to keep it in a safe place. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-24...

  • Page 96: Moving The Machine

    2. The result can be checked with SP2-194-007 (MUSIC Execution Result Execution Result) (0:Succeed, 1:Fail). § Also, results for each color can be checked with SP2-194-010 to 013. § Make sure that the side fences in the trays are correctly positioned to prevent color registration errors. 2-25 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 97: Paper Feed Unit Pb3160

    Remove the orange tape and retainers. Remove the items provided (fixing screws, etc.) from the package. Holding the grips on the machine, align it with the locating pin [A], and place the machine on the paper feed unit. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-26...
  • Page 98 Using securing bracket as a screwdriver, fix the machine to the feed unit (spring washer: screw: M4×10: 1). Attach the securing brackets [A] to two positions on the left and right at the rear of the machine (screws: 1 each). 2-27 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 99 [A]: Tray number decal [B]: Paper size decal § The tray number decal and paper size decal are packaged together with the machine. Lock the casters of the paper feed unit. Connect the power cord to the machine. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-28...
  • Page 100 11. Set the paper, and check that the paper size set in the paper feed tray is displayed on the operation panel. 12. Adjust the registration for the paper feed unit. SP1-002-004 (Side-to-Side Registration Paper Tray 3) SP1-002-005 (Side-to-Side Registration Paper Tray 4) 2-29 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 101: Paper Feed Unit Pb3150

    Remove the orange tape and retainers. Remove the items provided (fixing screws, etc.) from the package. Holding the grips on the machine, align it with the locating pin [A], and place the machine on the paper feed unit. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-30...
  • Page 102 Using a securing bracket as a screwdriver, fix the machine to the feed unit (spring washer: screw: M4×10: 1). Attach the securing brackets [A] to two positions on the left and right at the rear of the machine (screws: 1 each). 2-31 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 103 10. Turn the power switch ON. 11. Set the paper, and check that the paper size set in the paper feed tray is displayed on the operation panel. 12. Adjust the registration for the paper feed unit. SP1-002-004 (Side-to-Side Registration Paper Tray 3) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-32...

  • Page 104: Lcit Pb3170

    Remove the orange tape and retainers. Remove the items provided (fixing screws, etc.) from the package. Holding the grips on the machine, align it with the locating pin [A], and place the machine on the paper feed unit. 2-33 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 105 Using a securing bracket as a screwdriver, fix the machine to the feed unit (spring washer: screw: M4×10: 1). Attach the securing brackets [A] to two positions on the left and right at the rear of the machine (screws: 1 each). D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-34...
  • Page 106 [A]: Tray number decal [B]: Paper size decal § The tray number decal and paper size decal are packaged together with the machine. Lock the casters of the paper feed unit. 10. Connect the power cord to the machine. 2-35 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 107: Changing The Paper Size

    The paper size can be changed to A4 or LT. Pull out the left tray and right tray. Right tray side fence (front), [A], right tray side fence (rear) [B] and right tray end fence [C] ( ×3) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-36...
  • Page 108 LCIT PB3170 Attach the fences to the required position (A4 or LT). Make sure that the spring [A] is attached. Left tray side fence (front) [A] and left tray side fence (rear) [B] ( ×2) 2-37 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 109 LCIT PB3170 Attach the fences to the required position (A4 or LT). [A]: A4 position (Holes are visible) [B]: LT position (Holes are hidden) Set the SP SP5-181-007 0: A4, 1: LT D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-38...

  • Page 110: Accessory Check

    § Before installing this option, first attach the “Paper Feed Unit PB3160” or “LCIT PB3170”. Remove the orange tape and retainers. Remove the enclosed items (fixing screws, etc.). Covers on the right of the paper feed table (8). 2-39 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 111 Attach the connecting pins [A] to the front and rear on the right of the paper feed table. Attach the brackets [A], [B] at the positions of the connecting pins ( ×4). Paper feed table rear covers [A] ( ×2). D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-40...
  • Page 112 LCIT RT3030 Clamp the harness [A]. Clamp the harness Attach the paper feed table rear cover. 10. Attach the hook of the side LCT to the bracket. 2-41 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 113 LCIT RT3030 11. Connect the cable [A] of the side LCT to the machine ( ×1). 12. Attach the cable cover [A] ( ×1). 13. Push the side LCT towards the machine. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-42...

  • Page 114: Changing The Paper Size

    Remove the upper screw at the front side fence, and after setting the side fence to the position of the paper (outer: A4 LEF, center: LT LEF, inner: B5 LEF), tighten the screw that was removed. Also change the rear side fence to the same size position. 2-43 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 115 LCIT RT3030 Change the paper size according to the new side fence position. SP5-181-017 (Size Adjust LCT) 0: A4, 1: LT, 2: B5 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-44...

  • Page 116: Caster Table Type M3

    If it is installed when the power is on, it will result in an electric shock or malfunction. Be sure to join the machine and caster table to prevent equipment from falling over. If it is not joined, the machine will move or fall over, which will result in an injury. 2-45 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 117 Using a securing bracket, fix the machine to the paper tray unit (spring washer : screw: M4×10: 1). Attach the securing brackets [A] at 2 positions to left and right at the rear of the machine (screws: 1 each). Return the paper feed tray to the machine. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-46...

  • Page 118: Platen Cover Pn2000

    Platen Cover PN2000 2.8 PLATEN COVER PN2000 2.8.1 ACCESSORY CHECK Check that you have the accessories indicated below. Description Q’ty Platen Cover Platen Sheet Feeler Guide Stepped Screw 2-47 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 119: Installation Procedure

    Install the stepped screws ( × 2). Install the feeler guide [A]. Install the platen cover [A]. Place the platen sheet [A] on the exposure glass. Line up the rear left corner of the platen sheet flush against corner [B] on the exposure glass. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-48...
  • Page 120 Platen Cover PN2000 Close the platen cover. Open the platen cover. Press the surface of the platen sheet gently to fix it on the platen cover securely. 2-49 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 121: Ardf Df3090

    ARDF DF3090 2.9 ARDF DF3090 2.9.1 ACCESSORY CHECK Check the quantity and condition of the accessories against the following list. Description Q’ty ARDF Screw Knob Screw Stud Screw (Small) Stud Screw (Large) Attention Decal – Top Cover D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-50...

  • Page 122: Installation Procedure

    Secure the ARDF with the two knob screws [C]. Align the rear left corner of the platen sheet [A] with the corner [B] on the exposure glass. Close the ARDF. Open the ARDF and check that the platen sheet is correctly attached. 2-51 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 123 § After the stamp installation, be sure to slide the holder in correctly. If not, jam detection (J001) will occur. 11. Attach the decals [A] [B] to the top cover as shown. Choose the language that you want. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-52...
  • Page 124 ARDF DF3090 12. Scanner rear cover [A] ( ×3) 13. Connect the harness [A]. 14. Attach the bracket [A] ( ×1) 15. Fasten the grounding wire [A] ( ×1) 2-53 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 125: When Feeding Thin Paper

    When feeding thin paper, adjust the sliding tray to the point shown below [A]. When feeding normal paper, adjust the sliding tray to the point shown below [B]. If not, it may cause problems as follows: § Original jam § Original curl § Originals cannot be stacked neatly D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-54...

  • Page 126: Spdf Df3080

    SPDF DF3080 2.10 SPDF DF3080 2.10.1 ACCESSORY CHECK Description Q’ty Remarks TAPPING SCREW:3×6 CLAMP:LWS-0711A FERRITE CORE:K3 NF-70-A(N)BK0 FERRITE CORE:K3 NF-75(N)BK0 SCREW:HINGE:INNER BACK BCU:TYPE-H1:ME-C1E:ASS'Y PCB:IMAGE PROCESSING UNIT:TYPE-S1MD-SUB BRACKET:1PASS:ADF BRACKET:IPU_SUB FULL DUG POINT SCREW:FIX:HINGE DECAL:SET:ORIGINAL TABLE DECAL::ORIGINAL:DOM 2-55 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 127: Installation Procedure

    Attaching the SPDF Place the unit on the machine temporarily, and remove the orange tape and shipping retainers. Remove the items in the package (boards, fixing screws, etc.). Attach the 2 stepped screws [A] to the machine. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-56...
  • Page 128 SPDF DF3080 Align the hinges of the SPDF with the stepped screws, and attach them by sliding them in. Fix the SPDF to the machine (coin screws×2) 2-57 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 129 Release the lever [A], open the pressure plate sheet [B], gently remove the protective sheet [C], and shut the pressure plate sheet. Remove the filament tape [D]. Remove the platen sheet [A], and set it on the exposure glass. Align it with the left scale and rear scale of the printer. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-58...

  • Page 130: Attaching The Sub Ipu / Replacing The Bcu

    SPDF DF3080 Close the SPDF slowly, and attach the platen sheet and SPDF. Attaching the Sub IPU / Replacing the BCU Controller cover [A] ( ×4) Rear cover [A] ( ×4) 2-59 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 131 SPDF DF3080 Scanner rear cover [A] ( ×3) Scanner rear small cover [A] ( ×2) Bracket [A] ( ×2) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-60...
  • Page 132 SPDF DF3080 Attach the 2 clamps to the bracket provided. Attach the bracket [A] to the frame ( ×2) Retaining bracket [A] ( ×1) Pull out the connector [A] of the scanner cable. 2-61 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 133 Attach the provided ferrite core [A] to the scanner cable. 10. Attach the provided bracket [A] to the IPU board ( ×1) 11. Attach the IPU sub board [A], and insert the connector of the scanner cable ( ×3) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-62...
  • Page 134 BCU board in the accessories. § Remove it with the knob screwdriver or tweezers so as not to bend the terminals of the EEPROM. § Attach the EEPROM with the correct orientation so that the depression [C] is up. 2-63 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 135 13. Attach the bracket [A] of the CIS image cable to the frame, insert the connector [B] in the SIO, and attach an earth wire [C] ( ×2) 14. Attach the bracket [A] of the I/F cable to the bracket attached in Step 16 ( ×1) 15. Attach the ferrite core [A] provided to the I/F cable. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-64...
  • Page 136 17. Attach the bracket that was removed in step 17. 18. Attach the cable via four clamps. 19. Attach the scanner rear small cover, the scanner rear cover, the rear cover, and the controller cover. 20. Attach the decals: “Original” [A] and “Original table set” [B]. 2-65 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 137: Set Serial Number On New Bcu

    SP6-006-002: ADF Adjustment Side-to-Side Regist: Rear If there is skew, loosen the fixing screw [A] and swivel the SPDF slightly to the left or right. Then tighten screw [A] and make a test copy to check that there is no skew. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-66...
  • Page 138 SPDF DF3080 2-67 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 139: Bridge Unit Bu3070

    If it is installed when the power is on, it will result in an electric shock or a malfunction. § The bridge unit cannot be used together with the ”Internal Shift Tray SH3070” or “Side Tray Type M3”. § To use together with the “1 Bin Tray BN3110”, attach the “1 Bin Tray BN3110” first before D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-68...
  • Page 140 Remove the orange tape and shipping retainers. Remove the enclosed items (fixing screws, etc.). Paper output tray [A]. Connector cover [A]. Open the front cover. Upper left cover ( ×1). § The screw removed is used again in step 13. 2-69 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 141 Remember that there is a tab at the positions in the blue circles. Attach the bracket [A] ( ×1). 10. Attach the main power switch cover, and close the duplex unit. 11. Attach the bridge unit to the machine ( ×2, left rear is a knob screw [A]). D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-70...
  • Page 142 Bridge Unit BU3070 12. Close the bridge unit right cover. 13. Attach the upper left cover provided. 14. Referring to the finisher's installation procedure, attach the L type connecting bracket [A]. 2-71 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 143 Bridge Unit BU3070 15. After the finisher is installed, turn the power switch ON. 16. Check that the finisher can be selected at the operation panel. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-72...

  • Page 144: Bin Tray Bn3110

    Remove the orange tape and shipping retainers. Remove the enclosed items (fixing screws, etc.). Open the right cover. Main power switch cover [A] ( ×1). § Remember that there is a tab at the positions in the blue circles. 2-73 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 145 1 Bin Tray BN3110 Paper output tray [A]. Open the front cover. Upper left cover [A] ( ×1). Left rear cover [A] ( ×2). D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-74...
  • Page 146 1 Bin Tray BN3110 Inverter tray [A], tray support rod cover [B] ( ×1). 10. Paper output cover [A] ( ×1). 11. Attach the gear [A] provided. 2-75 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 147 12. Attach the 1 bin tray unit [A] ( ×1, ×2). § Take care that the harness is not trapped between the 1 bin tray unit and the machine frame. 13. Attach the harness provided. 14. Attach the tray support bar unit [A] ( ×1). D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-76...
  • Page 148 Take out the harness attached in the previous step from the position in the blue circle. 15. Hook the 1 bin tray [A] to the 1 bin tray unit, aligning the positions in the blue circles. 16. Connect the harness to the 1 bin tray, and bring it around. 2-77 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 149 18. Attach the left rear cover, upper left cover and main power switch cover, and close the duplex unit. 19. Turn the power switch ON. 20. Check that output to this tray can be selected on the operation panel, and check operation. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-78...

  • Page 150: Internal Shift Tray Sh3070

    If it is installed when the power is on, it will result in an electric shock or a malfunction. Remove the filament tape and packing material. Remove the enclosed items. Attach the part [B] to the shift tray [A]. 2-79 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 151 Internal Shift Tray SH3070 Paper output tray [A]. Connector cover [A]. Attach the shift tray. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-80...
  • Page 152 Internal Shift Tray SH3070 Open the right cover. Main power switch cover [A] ( ×1). § Remember that there is a claw at the positions in the blue circles. Paper output cover [A] ( ×1). 10. Remove the feeler [A]. 2-81 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 153 13. Attach the paper output cover and main power switch cover, and close the duplex unit. 14. Turn the power switch ON. 15. Check that paper output to the shift tray can be selected at the operation panel, and check the operation. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-82...

  • Page 154: Side Tray Type M3

    Side Tray Type M3 2.14 SIDE TRAY TYPE M3 2.14.1 ACCESSORY CHECK Description Q’ty Left Extension Tray Upper Extension Tray Fixing Plate Knob Screw Tapping screw - M4 x 10 Tapping screw - M3 x 8 Bracket 2-83 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 155: Installation Procedure

    Remove the enclosed items (fixing screws, etc.). Paper output tray [A]. Open the right cover. Main power switch cover [A] ( ×1). § Remember that there is a claw at the positions in the blue circles. Connector cover [A]. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-84...
  • Page 156 Attach the bracket [A] ( ×1). Attach the main power switch cover, and close the duplex unit. Attach the side tray unit [A] to the machine, and fix with a knob screw. ( ×1). 10. Attach the fixing plate [A] ( ×1). 2-85 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 157 11. Attach the upper extension tray [A] and the left extension tray [B]. 12. Turn the power switch ON. 13. Check that paper output to the side tray can be selected at the operation panel, and check the operation. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-86...

  • Page 158: Booklet Finisher Sr3170 (D688)/ Finisher Sr3160 (D689)

    Shift Tray Right joint bracket Left joint bracket Ground Plate Screws(4x12) Screws(3x8) Screws(3x6) Tapping screw(3x6)(D688 only) Round Rivets Cushion Output Tray (D688 only) End Fence (D688 only) Proof Tray Support Plate for Shift Tray Tray Holder Proof Tray 2-87 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 159 If it is installed when the power is on, it will result in an electric shock or a malfunction. § Before installing this option, attach the “Bridge Unit BU3070” first. § Attach the “LCIT PB3170” or “Paper Feed Unit PB3160” first before installing this option. Remove the external orange tape and shipping retainers. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-88...
  • Page 160 Booklet Finisher SR3170 (D688)/ Finisher SR3160 (D689) Open the front cover [A], and remove the orange tape and shipping retainers. Pull out the saddle stitch unit [A] or stapling unit, and remove the orange tape and shipping retainers. 2-89 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 161 Remove the items in the package (fixing screws, etc.). Attach the shift tray [A] ( ×1). SR3170 only: Attach the extension [B] to the booklet tray ( ×1) ,and attach the booklet tray Attach the relay guide plate [A] ( ×2). D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-90...
  • Page 162 Attach the connecting brackets [A], [B] to the machine ( ×4). At this time, tighten the bracket [B] and bracket [C] of the bridge unit together. 10. Connect the finisher to the machine with the connection lever [A] ( ×1). 2-91 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 163 Booklet Finisher SR3170 (D688)/ Finisher SR3160 (D689) 11. Connect the interface cable to the machine. 12. Set the stapler [A]. 13. Turn the power switch on. 14. Check that the finisher can be selected on the operation panel, and check the finisher’s operation. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-92...

  • Page 164: Auxiliary Tray

    The trays are designed to prevent this problem. Proof Support Tray Install the proof support tray [A] on the proof tray when the trailing edges of paper are excessively curled. 2-93 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 165: Punch Unit Pu3060

    Punch Unit PU3060 2.16 PUNCH UNIT PU3060 2.16.1 ACCESSORY CHECK Description Q’ty Hopper Punch Unit Registration Guide Plate Registration Mobile Unit Registration Mobile Unit Punch Unit Stay Punch Stepping Motor Unit Clip Ring Tapping Screw- M3×6 Hopper Bracket D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-94...

  • Page 166: Installation Procedure

    If it is installed when the power is on, it will result in an electric shock or a malfunction. Rear upper cover [A] ( ×2) Rear lower cover [A] ( ×2) Inner cover [A] ( ×2, ×1) § There is a connector on the back of the inner cover. Punch guide plate [A]( ×1) 2-95 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 167 Rear Front Attach the punch waste paper guide [A]. ( ×1) § After inserting the front tab of the punch waste paper guide into the frame [B] of the finisher, insert the rear tab into the frame [C]. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-96...
  • Page 168 Punch Unit PU3060 Attach the hopper bracket [A], inserting from the outside frame of the finisher. ( ×2, 2 hooks) § Hook the hooks of the hopper bracket onto the back side of the frame. 2-97 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 169 Punch Unit PU3060 § Hook the upper frame of the hopper bracket onto the outside frame of the finisher. Fix the harness of the hopper sensor. ( ×1) Attach the registration guide plate [A]. ( ×2) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-98...
  • Page 170 Punch Unit PU3060 Rear Front 10. Attach the registration mobile unit [A]. ( ×2) 2-99 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 171 11. Attach the punch unit [A]. ( ×2) § After inserting the pins [B] of the punch unit stay into the front and rear holes of the punch unit, fix the punch unit with two screws. § Rear § Front D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-100...
  • Page 172 12. Attach the punch stepping motor unit [A]. ( ×2) § Engage the gear [B] of the punch stepping motor unit with the rack [C] of the punch unit. 13. Connect the harness of the hopper sensor to the connector of the finisher. 2-101 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 173 16. Connect the harness [B] of the punch stepping motor unit and the harness [C] of the registration mobile unit to the connector of the punch unit board [A]. 17. Fix all the harnesses of the punch unit PU3060. ( ×8) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-102...
  • Page 174 Punch Unit PU3060 18. Attach the hopper [A]. 19. Attach the rear upper cover, the rear lower cover, the inner cover, and the punch guide plate. 2-103 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 175: Booklet Finisher Sr3150 / Finisher Sr3140

    Tray (SR3150 only) Guide Plate Ground Plate Joint Bracket Front Bracket Rear Bracket Screws - M4 × 12 Tapping screws - M3 × 6 Tapping screw - M4 × 8 Shift Tray Cushion Arm Of The Anti-tip Component (SR3140 only) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-104...

  • Page 176: Installation Procedure

    If it is installed when the power is on, it will result in an electric shock or a malfunction. § Before installing this option, attach the “Bridge Unit BU3070” first. § Attach the “LCIT PB3170” or “Paper Feed Unit PB3160” first before installing this option. Remove the external orange tape and shipping retainers. 2-105 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 177 Booklet Finisher SR3150 / Finisher SR3140 Open the front cover [A], and remove the filament tape and packing materials. Pull out the saddle stitch unit [A] or stapling unit, and remove the filament tape and packing materials. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-106...
  • Page 178 Remove the items in the package (fixing screws, etc.). Attach the shift tray [A] ( ×1). Attach the booklet tray [A] (SR3150 only). Attach the extension [B] to the booklet tray, and attach the booklet tray [A] ( ×1) (SR3150 only). 2-107 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 179 Attach the relay guide plate [A] ( ×2). Attach the ground plate bracket [A] ( ×2). 10. Attach the connecting brackets [A], [B] to the machine ( ×4). At this time, tighten the bracket [B] and bracket [C] of the bridge unit together. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-108...
  • Page 180 Booklet Finisher SR3150 / Finisher SR3140 11. Connect the finisher to the machine with the connection lever [A] ( ×1). 12. Attach the arm of the anti-tip component [A] ( ×1). (Finisher SR3140 only) 13. Connect the interface cable to the machine. 2-109 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 181 Booklet Finisher SR3150 / Finisher SR3140 14. Turn the power switch on. 15. Check that the finisher can be selected on the operation panel, and check the finisher’s operation. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-110...

  • Page 182: Punch Unit Pu3050

    When installing this option, turn the power source of the machine off, and unplug the power plug from the wall socket. § If it is installed when the power is on, it will result in an electric shock or a malfunction. 2-111 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 183 Open the finisher front cover, remove the three knobs [A], and remove the finisher inner cover [B] ( ×3, ×1). § Knobs with a lock mechanism are removed using a knob screwdriver or similar while releasing the lock. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-112...
  • Page 184 Punch Unit PU3050 Cut off part of the finisher inner cover [A]. Guide plate [A] ( ×4). 2-113 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 185 At this time, pass the harness [B] through the clamp [C]. Attach the stay [A] ( ×3). Front [B]: Insert the holes in the stay over the embossed parts on the finisher. Rear [C]: Place the axis of the stay on the notch in the finisher. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-114...
  • Page 186 10. Insert and attach the guide plate [A] from the rear ( ×2). 11. Insert and attach the registration sensor unit [A] from the rear ( ×2). Front: The two shafts of the unit are passed through bearings in the finisher. 2-115 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 187 Punch Unit PU3050 12. Connect the harness [A] of the hopper guide plate to the relay connector [B] of the registration sensor unit. 13. Insert and attach the punch unit [A] from the rear ( ×2). D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-116...
  • Page 188 Punch Unit PU3050 14. Attach the stepping motor bracket [A] so that the gear [B] meshes firmly ( ×2). 15. Insert the hopper [A]. 2-117 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 189 16. Connect the harness provided to the punch unit board [A] and the control board [B] of the finisher ( ×6). 17. Remove the harness [A] from the clamp [B], and connect it to the punch unit board [C] ×1). D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-118...
  • Page 190 18. Connect the harness [A] of the registration sensor unit to the relay connector [B] of the harness ( ×1). 19. Connect the harness [A] of the stepping motor bracket to the punch unit board [B] ( ×1). 2-119 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 191 24. Close the top cover. 25. Attach the finisher to the machine, and connect the interface cable. 26. Turn the power switch on. 27. Check that the punch can be selected at the operation panel, and check the operation. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-120...

  • Page 192: Internal Finisher Sr3130

    2.19 INTERNAL FINISHER SR3130 2.19.1 ACCESSORY CHECK Description Q’ty Screws - M3 × 6 Tapping screw - M4 × 6 Decal - EMC Address Tapping screw - M3 × 6 Rail(Front) Front Right Cover Left Lower Cover Guide Plate 2-121 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 193: Installation Procedure

    To use together with the “Punch Unit PU3040”, first attach the “Punch Unit PU3040” before installing this option. Remove the orange tape and shipping retainers. Remove the package items (fixing screws, etc.). Open the front cover. Paper output tray [A]. Upper left cover [A] ( ×1). D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-122...
  • Page 194 Left rear cover [A] ( ×2). Inverter tray [A], tray support plate [B]. Open the right cover. Main power switch cover [A] ( ×1). § Remember that there is a claw at each location in the blue circles. 2-123 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 195 Internal Finisher SR3130 10. Paper output cover [A] ( ×1). 11. Connector cover [A]. 12. Paper output lower cover [A] ( ×2). D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-124...
  • Page 196 2) Insert the bottom plate [A] into the hole in the blue circle [C]. § 3) When the bottom plate [A] is picked up (see below), it can be inserted into the hole in the blue circle [D]. 2-125 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 197 18. Attach the main power switch cover, and close the duplex unit. 19. Slide the finisher right front cover [A] from left to right to attach it ( ×1). 20. Attach the inverter tray. 21. Attach the relay guide plate [B] to the finisher [A] ( ×2). D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-126...
  • Page 198 Because the weight is biased to the right of the machine if the inner finisher is installed, anti-tip components are required on the left side. Because they are included with the finisher, install these components at the same time as you install 2-127 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 199 Internal Finisher SR3130 the inner finisher. 26. Connect the interface cable to the machine. 27. Move forward the stapler unit, then set the stapler [A]. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-128...
  • Page 200 Internal Finisher SR3130 28. Turn the power switch on. 29. Check that the finisher can be selected at the operation panel, and check the finisher operation. Also when punch unit is installed, check the punching operation. 2-129 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 201: Punch Unit Pu3040

    If it is installed when the power is on, it will result in an electric shock or a malfunction. § When supplied together with the “Internal Finisher SR3130”, attach this option before installing the “Internal Finisher SR3130” § If the “Internal Finisher SR3130” is already attached, attach this option after removing the D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-130...
  • Page 202 Pass the shafts [B] of the punch unit [A] through the bearings [C] of the bottom plate, and attach to the machine ( ×1, knob screw). If it is difficult to insert by probing, look from the side while you insert it into the bearings of the bottom plate. 2-131 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 203 Punch Unit PU3040 When installing the punch unit in a finisher that is already installed, remove the relay guide plate [A] ( ×2). § This step is unnecessary when installing the finisher and punch unit at the same D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-132...
  • Page 204 Attach the front right cover [A] provided, inserting the claws ( ×1). 10. Insert the hopper [A]. 11. Slide the finisher [A] along the rail of the bottom plate from the left-hand side of the machine to attach it ( ×1). 2-133 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 205 Because the weight is biased to the right of the machine if the inner finisher is installed, anti-tip components are required on the left side. Because they are included with the finisher, install these components at the same time as you install the inner finisher. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-134...
  • Page 206 16. Connect the interface cable to the machine. 17. Move forward the stapler unit, then set the stapler [A]. 18. Turn the power switch on. 19. Check that the finisher can be selected at the operation panel, and check the finisher and punch operation. 2-135 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 207: Installation Procedure

    Attach the lower tray [A] to the tray bracket ( ×2: M3x8). Attach the upper tray [B] to the tray bracket ( ×1: M3x8). Use the clamps as necessary to clamp the cable of the card read/writer device. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-136...
  • Page 208 Key Counter Bracket Type M3 § The smart card reader must be placed on this card reader table. If not, some antenna or transmitter in the main machine may be interrupted. 2-137 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 209: Installation Procedure

    When you install this option, switch the MFP’s power supply OFF, and unplug the power plug from the mains outlet. § If installed when the power is on, it will result in an electric shock or malfunction. Key Counter Rear right cover (page 4-11 " D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-138...
  • Page 210 Rear Right Cover") After attaching the clamp provided, attach the counter interface board [A] ( ×4) Connect the harness of the MFP to the upper connector (white/13 pin) [A]. § Do not use the harness provided for the interface cable. 2-139 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 211: Internal Options

    Bluetooth Interface Unit Type D USB port Smart Card Reader Built-in Unit Type M2 *1 RC-GATE/LB can be fitted to either I/F slot A or B. *2 There is no difference between the left and right USB port. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-140...

  • Page 212: D146/D147

    Internal Options D146/D147 Slot Option I/F slot A Fax Option Type M3 IEEE 1284 Interface Board Type A File Format Converter Type E I/F slot B IEEE 802.11a/g/n Interface Unit Type M2 RC-GATE/LB Color Controller Connection Board Type M3 Bluetooth Interface Unit Type D...

  • Page 213: Ieee 1284 Interface Board Type A

    Before doing any work, touch a metal object to discharge static electricity from the body. There is a possibility that the IEEE 1284 Interface Board may malfunction due to static electricity. I/F slot A (D148/D149/D150) [A] ( ×2), I/F slot B (D146/D147) [B] ( ×2) covers. D148/D149/D150: D146/D147: Attach the IEEE 1284 Interface Board to the I/F slot ( ×2)
  • Page 214 IEEE 1284 Interface Board Type A § The customer should keep the I/F card slot covers which were removed. 2-143 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 215: Installation Procedure

    Do not put your hand into the controller box. It will result in a malfunction or injury. § Before doing any work, touch a metal object to discharge static electricity from the body. There is a possibility that the extension wireless LAN board may malfunction due to static electricity. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-144...

  • Page 216: Attaching The Boards

    If there is interference, communication may become unstable. Check that there are no devices likely to cause interference in the surrounding area. Attaching the boards I/F slot A (D148/D149/D150) [A] ( ×2), I/F slot B (D146/D147) [B] ( ×2) covers. D148/D149/D150: D146/D147: Attach the extended wireless LAN board to a slot ( ×2)

  • Page 217: Attaching The Antenna

    Check the IPv4 address and subnet mask, or IPv6 address setting of the MFP. Press the [Default setting/counter] key. Press the [System default setting] button. Choose [Wireless LAN] in [Interface setting]. Set each item, and press the [Setting] button. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-146...
  • Page 218 For details, refer to instructions for use. (Check instructions for use, “Network connection/System default setting” "Wireless LAN interface connection") § If the extended wireless LAN board does not work correctly, refer to the leaflet provided in the options box. 2-147 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 219: Bluetooth Interface Unit Type D

    Before doing any work, touch a metal object to discharge static electricity from the body. There is a possibility that the wireless interface board may malfunction due to static electricity. Attach the BT wireless interface to the USB-A slot [A]. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-148...
  • Page 220 Bluetooth Interface Unit Type D § There is no difference between the left and right USB ports. Check the system settings list is output, and that the option is recognized correctly. 2-149 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 221: Installation Procedure

    Before doing any work, touch a metal object to discharge static electricity from the body. There is a possibility that the board may malfunction due to static electricity. I/F slot B (D148/D149/D150) [A] ( ×2), I/F slot A (D146/D147) [B] ( ×2) covers D148/D149/D150:...
  • Page 222 Set the File Format Converter in an I/F slot ( ×2) Check the system settings list is output, and that the option is recognized correctly. § The customer should keep the I/F card slot covers which were removed. 2-151 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 223: Data Overwrite Security Unit Type H (D377)/ I (D362)

    This option should be installed only for the customer who requires the CC certified Data Overwrite Security function. Type H is for D148/D149/D150 and type I is for D146/D147 . The function of this option is completely the same as the Data Overwrite Security in Security Functions, which is standard on this machine.

  • Page 224: Before You Begin The Procedure

    [System Settings] – [Administrator Tools] – [Administrator Authentication Management] - [Available Settings] If this setting is disabled (not selected), tell the customer this setting must be enabled (selected) before you do the installation procedure. See the Operating Instructions (Security Guide) for the factory default values 2-153 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 225: Seal Check And Removal

    If the surfaces of the tapes do not show “VOID”, remove them from the corners of the box. You can see the “VOID” marks [2] when you remove each seal. In this condition, they cannot be attached to the box again. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-154...

  • Page 226: Installation Procedure

    Then push it slowly into SD slot 1 (upper) until you hear a click. D148 / D149 / D150 D146 / D147 · If you wish to merge multiple applications onto a single SD card, do the merge now before moving onto the next step.

  • Page 227: Configuring "Auto Erase Memory

    2.28.5 CONFIGURING “AUTO ERASE MEMORY” (PERFORMED BY THE CUSTOMER) The following procedure is performed by the customer once the above Installation Procedure has been completed. Press [System Settings]. Press [Administrator Tools]. Press [Next] three times. Press [Auto Erase Memory Setting]. Press [On]. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-156...
  • Page 228 NOTE: The Random Numbers method overwrites the data using random numbers. You can set the overwrite to be performed anywhere from 1-9 times, with a default of 3 times. Press [OK]. 10. Make sure that the Data Overwrite icon is displayed in the bottom right hand corner of the screen. 2-157 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 229 10 or more hours depending on HDD usage. Data Overwrite icon: § Clear (There is no temporary data to be overwritten) § Dirty (There is temporary data to be overwritten) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-158...

  • Page 230: Copy Data Security Unit Type G

    § If it is installed when the power is on, it will result in an electric shock or malfunction. Rear cover (page 4-10 "Rear Cover") Attach the bracket [A] to the copy data security module [B] ( ×2) 2-159 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 231 Copy Data Security Unit Type G Attach the IPU to which the bracket was attached, to the copy data security module ( ×2) Attach the rear cover. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-160...

  • Page 232: Settings (To Be Done By The User)

    When the setting is validated, the initial-setting item currently assigned to each administrator will be the administration item. Press the [Default setting/counter] key. Press the [System default setting] button. Press the [Administrator settings] button. Press the [Next] button. Press the [Administrator authentication management] button. 2-161 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 233: Imageable Area Extension Unit Type M3

    SP3-234-014 Vtref Corr :Disp/Set Corr Amt(+):Y 0.05 SP3-234-021 Vtref Corr :Disp/Set Corr Amt(-):K 0.05 SP3-234-022 Vtref Corr :Disp/Set Corr Amt(-):C 0.05 SP3-234-023 Vtref Corr :Disp/Set Corr Amt(-):M 0.05 SP3-234-024 Vtref Corr :Disp/Set Corr Amt(-):Y 0.05 SP3-533-003 Interrupt ProCon :Set Corr(Short):BW D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-162...
  • Page 234 D150: 25 D149: 31 D149: 25 Feed Permit Setting Temp.:Lower SP1-102-024 D148: 22 D148: 16 Delta:Press D147: 31 D147: 26 D146: 31 D146: 26 D150: 48 or 49 D150: 42 D149: 48 D149: 42 Feed Permit Setting Temp.:Lower SP1-102-025 or 49...
  • Page 235 Repeat Temp. Correction SP1-117-144 D148: 5 25(same Temp.:End:1:SRA3:M-thick D147: 25 as Int) D146: 25 D146: 25(same as Int) § When SP2-400-001 is changed over, a message is displayed stating “Switch the power OFF/ON”. After all SP values are changed, turn the power off.

  • Page 236: When You Forgot To Change The Sp

    (If the SP setting is for SRA3, but the paper transfer roller is the normal one (SRA3 paper not supported)) § Real-time process control is not performed, and the interval between process controls becomes short. § The waiting time for fusing temperature rise is longer than intended. 2-165 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 237: Searchable Pdf Function Outline

    After reading of the document is completed (after it is read by the ADF and output), OCR is performed. Therefore, after reading is completed, documents can be collected from the document glass or ADF. § Other functions, such as the copy function and printer function, can be used during OCR. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-166...

  • Page 238: Installation Procedure

    If the battery is replaced by the wrong type, there is a danger of explosion. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. Remove the SD card slot covers [A] and [B] ( ×1) D148/D149/D150: D146/D147: Insert the OCR module SD card in SD card slot 1 [A] or slot 2 [B]. 2-167 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 239 OCR Unit Type M2 D148/D149/D150: D146/D147: Switch the power supply ON. Press “Enter” in SP5-878-004 (Option Setup: OCR Dictionary). The SD card ID is saved in the NVRAM, and the ID of the MFP is saved on the SD card. The MFP and SD card are thereby linked.

  • Page 240: Recovery Procedure

    When the HDD and NVRAM are replaced simultaneously Reinstall using the original SD card. If the original SD card is lost Order and reinstall a new SD card (service part). § Perform reinstallation in the same way as installation. (Link: Installation procedure) 2-169 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 241: Sd Card Option

    SD Card Option 2.32 SD CARD OPTION 2.32.1 SD CARD SLOTS D148/D149/D150 D146/D147 [A]: SD card slot 1 (option slot) [B]: SD card slot 2 (service slot) 2.32.2 LIST OF SLOTS USED Optional SD cards can be set in either slot 1 or slot 2. But slot 2 is the service slot, so we recommend that you use slot 1 to install the SD card options.

  • Page 242: Sd Card Appli Move

    Also, a process to prevent illegal copying is performed. § After merge, store the empty SD card in the location shown below. Unlock the lever [A], and then open the right cover [B]. Main power switch cover [A]. 2-171 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 243: Move Exec

    SD card slot cover [A]( ×1). Set the destination SD card (SD card where data is to be stored) in Slot 1 [A], and set the original SD card (SD card from which data is to be transferred) in Slot 2 [B]. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-172...
  • Page 244 2. Turn the power off. 3. Remove the empty SD card after transfer from Slot 2. 4. Attach the slot cover( ×1). 5. Turn the power on, output the system setting list, and check that the options are recognized correctly. 2-173 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 245: Undo Exec

    When cancellation is complete, press [CLOSE]. Press [END] twice. Turn the power off. 10. Attach the SD card slot cover ( ×1). 11. Turn the power on, and check that the application has been deleted. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-174...

  • Page 246: Browser Unit Type M4/M3

    Browser Unit Type M4/M3 2.34 BROWSER UNIT TYPE M4/M3 M4: D148/D149/D150, M3: D146/D147 2.34.1 ACCESSORY CHECK Description Q’ty SD Card 2.34.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE The browser unit uses a native application such as a full browser in order to improve web browsing.
  • Page 247 Mail is delivered (login transmission) to an address previously set in the profile of the user who logged in. Switch the power OFF. SD card slot cover [A] ( ×1) D148/D149/D150: D146/D147: Insert the browser unit card in SD card slot 1 [A]. D148/D149/D150: D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-176...
  • Page 248 Browser Unit Type M4/M3 D146/D147: § When installing more than one SD card, perform the merge operation. Switch the power ON. Press the [Default setting/Counter] key. Press the [Extension function default setting] button. Press the [Extension function default setting] button on the [Extension function default menu setting] screen.

  • Page 249: To Update Exjs

    Put the SD card containing the firmware to update with in SD card slot 2 [A], and switch on the power. D148/D149/D150: D146/D147: Wait until the update screen starts. When the update screen is displayed, select [Browser], and press the [Update (#)] button.
  • Page 250 Steps 5-9, and perform Step 1 and subsequent steps. In that case, skip Steps 5-10. (This saves time.) § If you do not plan to update Extension JavaScript, return the controller cover to the original position after performing Step 5. 2-179 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 251: When Checking The Version Of Exjs

    When "Completed" is displayed after a while, press [End], and the display returns to the setting screen. Close [Default settings/counter] settings, and switch OFF the power. § Uninstall is completed only by removing the SD card. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-180...

  • Page 252: Settings

    Press the [Browser default settings] button. Press the [Home screen] button on the “Browser Settings” tab. Press the [URL input] button. Input the URL, and press the [OK] button. Press the [Settings] button. Press the [End] button twice, and finish. 2-181 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 253: Sd Card For Netware Printing Type M4/M3

    SD card for NetWare printing Type M4/M3 2.35 SD CARD FOR NETWARE PRINTING TYPE M4/M3 M4: D148/D149/D150, M3: D146/D147: 2.35.1 ACCESSORY CHECK Description Q’ty SD Card 2.35.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE SD card slot covers [A] [B] ( ×1) D148/D149/D150: D146/D147: D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 254 SD card for NetWare printing Type M4/M3 Put the SD card for NetWare printing in SD card slot 1 [A]. D148/D149/D150: D146/D147: 2-183 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 255 When installing more than one SD card, perform the merge operation. Switch the power ON. Attach the SD card slot cover. ( ×1) After switching the power ON, check that the system settings list is output, and that the option is recognized correctly. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-184...
  • Page 256 PS3 Card Type M4/M3 2.36 PS3 CARD TYPE M4/M3 M4: D148/D149/D150, M3: D146/D147: 2.36.1 ACCESSORY CHECK Description Q’ty SD Card 2.36.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE SD card slot covers [A] [B]( ×1) D148/D149/D150: 2-185 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 257 PS3 Card Type M4/M3 D146/D147: Insert the PS3 SD card in SD card slot 1 [A]. D148/D149/D150: D146/D147: D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-186...
  • Page 258 The PS3 firmware is a dongle (key) which enables PS3 data printing functions. When the PS3 firmware is installed, the PS3 program in the PDF firmware is enabled. Due to this specification, the self-diagnosis result report shows the ROM part number/software version of the PDF firmware contained in the PS3 program. 2-187 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 259 Camera Direct Print Card Type M4/M3 2.37 CAMERA DIRECT PRINT CARD TYPE M4/M3 M4: D148/D149/D150, M3: D146/D147: 2.37.1 ACCESSORY CHECK Description Q’ty SD Card 2.37.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE SD card slot covers [A] [B] ( ×1) D148/D149/D150: D146/D147: D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-188...
  • Page 260 Camera Direct Print Card Type M4/M3 Put the camera direct print card in SD card slot 1 [A]. D148/D149/D150: D146/D147: 2-189 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 261 Attach the SD card slot cover. ( ×1) Stick the "PictBridge" sticker on the front face of the MFP. After switching the power ON, check that the system settings list is output, and that the option is recognized correctly. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-190...
  • Page 262 Color Controller Connection Board Type M4/M3 2.38 COLOR CONTROLLER CONNECTION BOARD TYPE M4/M3 M4: D148/D149/D150, M3: D146/D147 2.38.1 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE This option is a board for EFI controller connection. Refer to the service manual of "color controller E-22C" for the installation procedure.

  • Page 263: Installation Procedure

    USB Cable and IC Card Reader. Make sure the power as been turned OFF before starting this procedure. Remove Main Power Switch Cover. Remove Scanner Right Cover. Replace the following original cover with the cover provided in the option ( X 2). D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-192...
  • Page 264 Pass a standard USB Cable through the hole [A]. There is no USB Cable included in this option. Put the table [B] on top of the machine as shown. There are three ribs on the rear side of the table. 2-193 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 265 Attach the sponge [A] with double-sided tape. Connect the cable [B] to the IC card reader [C], and then attach the reader onto the machine as shown. • Twist the USB cable before attaching it as shown in the photo. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-194...
  • Page 266 SMART CARD READER (D739) Rev. 10/08/2013 Attach the IC Card Reader Cover [A]. 10. Attach the three clamps (Clamp: LWSM-0605; 2-195 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 267 11. Remove the cut-out in the cover and pass the USB Cable through the hole [A]. 12. Insert the USB Cable into the LEFT USB Port on the controller. • Make sure to insert the cable into the LEFT USB Port. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-196...
  • Page 268 SMART CARD READER (D739) Rev. 10/08/2013 13. Lead the cable as shown in the photo ( X 3). 14. Attach the Exterior Cover. 2-197 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 269: Accessory Check

    Tapping Screw: M3 X 6 2.40.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE Attaching the Heater Remove trays 1 and 2 from the machine. Connect the connector of the heater to the connector of the main machine. Attach the heater ( x 1). D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-198...
  • Page 270 Remove the controller cover.[A] ( ×4) Remove the rear cover. [A] ( ×4) There is a claw (left-facing) on the back face of the rear cover. When fitting or removing the cover, take care not to damage it. 2-199 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 271 Tray Heater for Main Machine Rev. 04/07/2014 Remove the rear lower cover ( X 5). Attach the PCB: DHB ( X 3). Connect the two harnesses that run between the "PCB: DHB " and "PSU". D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-200...
  • Page 272 The cable shown in the photo (boxed in red) is white on the NA model, and red for EU/AA models. Connect connector “1” shown in the photo below. Connect connector “2” to the harness already attached. Attach connector “3” for the optional paper bank. 2-201 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 273 Remove the bracket ( X 1) if the additional heater is attached on the optional paper bank. Do not use the removed bracket. 10. Reattach all parts removed. 11. Turn the machine main power switch ON. 12. Turn the heater switch [A] ON. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-202...

  • Page 274: Accessory Check

    Spring Screw:M4 X 10 The part numbers of the tray heater are different between for PB3160 and for PB3170. 2.41.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE Remove trays from the Paper Feed Unit PB3160 or LCT PB3170. Attach the tray heater. ( x 1, ×1) 2-203 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 275 Remove the Rear cover [A] ( ×2) Connect the harness to the two points shown in the photo. ( × 1) Reattach all parts removed. Turn the machine main power switch ON. Turn the heater switch [A] ON. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-204...
  • Page 276 Rev. 04/07/2014 Tray Heater for PFU PB3160 / LCIT PB3170 To keep the heater ON all the time, set SP5-805-01 (Anti-Condensation Heater) to “1”. 2-205 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 277: Installation Procedure

    After doing this procedure, make sure that harnesses are not damaged or pinched. 2.42.1 ACCESSORY CHECK Description Q’ty Tray Heater Harness Spring Screw:M4 X 10 2.42.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE Remove the trays from main machine and Paper Feed unit PB3150. Attach the tray heater. ( x 1, ×1) Reattach trays. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-206...
  • Page 278 Rev. 04/07/2014 Tray Heater for Paper Feed Unit PB3150 Remove the consolidated bracket [A] (2, ×2) Remove the rear cover. [A] ( ×4) Remove the controller board of the paper feed unit PB3150[A] ( ×4, ×7) 2-207 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 279 The value set as 1 in SP5-805-01 (Anti-Condensation Heater) allows the heater to stay on longer. The condition is shown in the following chart Fig.1 when the value of 0 or 1 is set in SP5-805-01. Energy consumption will increase slightly when set as 1 in the SP. Fig.1 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-208...

  • Page 281: Preventive Maintenance

    PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY Pag e Date Ad d ed / Upd ated / New None...

  • Page 283: Pm Parts Settings

    Black: 3701-002 Yellow: 3701-025 Cyan: 3701-048 Magenta: 3701-071 Pressure Roller (not necessary for complete fusing unit Pressure roller: 3701-118 Heating sleeve belt unit; see below) Image Transfer Belt Unit 3701-093 Image Transfer Belt Cleaning Unit 3701-102 PTR Unit 3701-109 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 284: After Installing The New Pm Parts

    (from step 2 above) are equal to the counters (SP7-803) for these units on the previous SMC logging data list (the list that was output in the "Before removing the old parts" section). Make sure that the unit replacement date is updated with SP7-950. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 285: Preparation Before Operation Check

    The result can be checked with SP2-194-007 (MUSIC Execution Result Execution Result) (0:Succeed, 1: Fail). Also, results for each color can be checked with SP2-194-010 to 013. Exit the SP mode. 3.1.4 OPERATION CHECK Check if the sample image has been copied normally. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 286: Image Quality Standards

    Copy (Reduction), Min 4.5×M lines/mm DF: S-5Y Black and White (1C) or more (revised) 3.2.2 COLOR SHIFT Item Specification Chart Measuring method Engine, Main L-Pattern Print within 1 minute after 180.0 m or less Scan/Sub Scan MUSIC correction. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 287: Magnification Ratio Error Margin

    Copy (Reduction), ±1.00% or less The swelling/shrinkage of Main Scan/Sub paper caused by humidity Scan, Black and are excluded. White (1C) First side of the sheet Copy ±1.00% or less only. (Enlargement), Main Scan/Sub Scan, Black and White (1C) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 288: Magnification Ratio Error Margin Deviation

    Specification Chart Measuring method Engine, Black and ±1.25mm/200mm or Measure with the full length Mono_CCD White(1C) less (90° ± 0.35°) and width of the image. Copy (100%), Black ±1.75mm/200mm or Scale chart and White (1C) less (90° ± 0.5°) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 289: Linearity

    ±0.50mm/100mm or Inner line White (1C) less 100mm Base line Copy 100mm 0.5mm 3.2.8 PARALLELISM Item Specification Chart Measuring method Engine, Black and Measure with the full length ± 1.8mm or less Mono_CCD White(1C) and width of the image. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 290: Missing Image Area (D135/D136)

    0.5 to 6.0mm (trailing edge), Black (Duplex: 3.0 to and White(1C) 6.0mm) 3.2.10 MARGIN POSITION Item Specification Chart Measuring method Engine (simplex), 0±1.5mm Mono_CCD Main Scan/Sub Scan, Black and White (1C) Engine (duplex), 0±3mm Main Scan/Sub Scan, Black and White (1C) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 291: Paper Transfer Quality Standards

    Item Specification Note 1st side, Less than B5 SEF ±1.3mm/100mm or less 1st side, B5 SEF or more ±0.9mm/100mm or less 2nd side, Less than B5 SEF ±1.8mm/100mm or less 2nd side, B5 SEF or more ±1.3mm/100mm or less D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 292: Adf

    Paper Transfer Quality Standards Item Specification Note 1st side, Less than B5 SEF ±2.0mm/100mm or less 1st side, B5 SEF or more ±1.5mm/100mm or less 2nd side, All size ±2.5mm/100mm or less D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 3-10...

  • Page 293: Replacement And Adjustment

    REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY Pag e Date Ad d ed / Upd ated / New None...

  • Page 295: Notes On The Main Power Switch

    When working on moving parts, be careful that fingers or clothes do not get caught. § Automatic restart deals with cases when you accidentally unplugged the AC power cord or unexpected power outages. By keeping the power flag ON, after the resumption of power, the machine will start up automatically. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 296: Shutdown Method

    To make a forced shutdown, press and hold the main power switch for 6 seconds. In general, do not use the forced shutdown. § Forced shutdown may damage the hard disk and memory, and can cause damage to the machine. Use a forced shutdown only if it is unavoidable. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 297: Beforehand

    Beforehand 4.2 BEFOREHAND § Turn off the main switch and disconnect the power cord. § After replacing, make sure that all harnesses that were removed are connected up again and secured in their clamps. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 298: Special Tools

    These items are common with the following models. (*1): Common with TH-C1 § A PC (Personal Computer) is required for creating the Encryption key file on an SD card when replacing the controller board in which HDD encryption has been enabled. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 299: Exterior Covers

    (U.S.: UL60950-1, Europe: EN60950-1) Therefore, removal of such components must always be with the consent of the customer. Do not remove them at your own judgment. 4.4.1 FRONT COVER Open the front cover [A]. Belt [A] Front cover [A] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 300: Controller Cover

    Exterior Covers 4.4.2 CONTROLLER COVER Controller cover [A] ( ×4) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 301: Upper Left Cover

    Each part enclosed by a blue circle has a tab. Be careful not to damage it when attaching and detaching. Open the front cover. (page 4-5 "Front Cover") Paper exit tray (page 4-15 "Paper Exit Tray") Upper left cover [A] ( ×1) Slide the cover in the direction of the blue arrow. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 302: Left Rear Cover

    Controller cover (page 4-6 "Controller Cover") Ozone filter/Dust-shield filter box (page 4-156 "Ozone filter/Dust filter") Upper left cover (page 4-7 "Upper Left Cover") Left rear cover (page 4-8 "Left Rear Cover") Open the 2nd paper feed tray slightly. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 303 Exterior Covers Left cover [A] ( ×5) Remove it while pressing down. Order to remove D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 304: Rear Cover

    4.4.6 REAR COVER § There is a claw (left-facing) on the back face of the rear cover. When fitting or removing the cover, take care not to damage it. Controller cover (page 4-6 "Controller Cover") Rear cover [A] ( ×4) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-10...

  • Page 305: Rear Right Cover

    Rear cover (page 4-10 "Rear Cover") Rear Right Cover [A] ( ×3) 4.4.8 REAR LOWER COVER Rear cover (page 4-10 "Rear Cover") Rear lower cover [A] ( ×5) 4.4.9 SCANNER REAR COVER Scanner rear cover [A] ( ×3) 4-11 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 306: Scanner Rear Cover (Small)

    4.4.11 RIGHT REAR COVER Open the right cover. (page 4-134 "Duplex Unit") Right rear cover [A] ( ×4, Among them, tapping screw×1) § When installing, insert the projections [A] in the holes [B], taking care not to trap the harness inside. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-12...

  • Page 307: Right Upper Cover

    4.4.12 RIGHT UPPER COVER Main power switch cover (page 4-13 "Main power switch cover") Right upper cover [A] ( ×2) 4.4.13 MAIN POWER SWITCH COVER Open the right cover. (page 4-134 "Duplex Unit") Main power switch cover [A] ( ×1) 4-13 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 308: Waste Toner Cover

    Exterior Covers 4.4.14 WASTE TONER COVER Front cover (page 4-5 "Front Cover") Waste Toner Cover [A] 4.4.15 REVERSE TRAY Reverse Tray [A] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-14...

  • Page 309: Paper Exit Tray

    Paper Exit Tray [A] 4.4.17 PAPER EXIT COVER Main power switch cover (page 4-13 "Main power switch cover") Paper exit tray (page 4-15 "Paper Exit Tray") Reverse Tray (page 4-14 "Reverse Tray") Paper exit cover [A] ( ×1) 4-15 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 310: Paper Exit Lower Cover

    4.4.18 PAPER EXIT LOWER COVER Left rear cover (page 4-8 "Left Rear Cover") Paper exit cover (page 4-15 "Paper Exit Cover") Connector cover [A]. Upper rear small cover [A]. 2 screws Paper exit lower cover [A] ( ×2) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-16...

  • Page 311: Paper Exit

    Exterior Covers 4.4.19 PAPER EXIT FRONT COVER Paper exit lower cover (page 4-16 "Paper Exit Lower Cover") Paper exit front cover [A] ( ×4) 4-17 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 312: Inner Upper Cover

    Image transfer unit (page 4-65 "Image Transfer Unit") Inner upper cover [A] ( ×3) 4.4.21 INNER LOWER COVER Front cover (page 4-5 "Front Cover") Inner upper cover (page 4-18 "Inner Upper Cover") PCDU front cover (Y) (page 4-58 "PCDU") Inner lower cover [A] ( ×4) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-18...

  • Page 313: Controller Unit

    Controller Unit 4.5 CONTROLLER UNIT 4.5.1 OPERATION PANEL Scanner front cover (page 4-28 "Scanner Front Cover") Operation panel upper cover [A] Operation panel [A] ( ×5, ×2) 4-19 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 314: Board A

    Controller Unit 4.5.2 BOARD A Operation panel (page 4-19 "Operation Panel") Operation panel lower cover [A] ( ×6) Harness guide [A] ( ×2) Bracket covers [A] [B] Operation panel arm bracket [A] ( ×6) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-20...

  • Page 315: Board B

    Controller Unit Board A [A] ( ×8, ×3) 4.5.3 BOARD B Operation panel arm bracket (page 4-19 "Operation Panel") Board B [A] ( ×4, ×1, USB×2) 4-21 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 316: Board C

    4.5.4 BOARD C Operation panel arm bracket (page 4-19 "Operation Panel") Board C [A] ( ×4, ×1, USB×2) 4.5.5 LCD PANEL Operation panel arm bracket (page 4-19 "Operation Panel") Bracket [A] ( ×6, ×5, USB×2) LCD panel unit [A] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-22...

  • Page 317: Lcd

    Of the 3 labels on the rear of the operation panel, the center label shows the LCD model number. Operation panel rear surface [A]: Label attachment position Label [A]: S Co. LCD: Printed as Sxxxxx... [B]: C Co. LCD: Printed as Cxxxxx... 4-23 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 318 S Co.: S stamp C Co.: CM stamp § Use of FFC (Flexible Flat Cable) For S Co., FFC is used, but for C Co., instead of an FFC, a cable integrated with the LCD (orange) is used. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-24...

  • Page 319: Replacement Procedure

    Controller Unit Replacement procedure Operation panel arm bracket (page 4-19 "Operation Panel") Bracket [A] ( ×6, ×5, USB×2) LCD panel unit [A] 4-25 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 320 Controller Unit D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-26...

  • Page 321: Scanner Unit

    Scanner Upper Cover Platen cover or ADF Scanner rear cover (page 4-11 "Scanner Rear Cover") Scanner Upper Cover [A] ( ×2) Scanner Right Cover Scanner rear cover (page 4-11 "Scanner Rear Cover") Scanner right cover [A] ( ×1) 4-27 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 322: Scanner Front Cover

    Scanner Unit Scanner Front Cover Scanner front cover [A] ( ×2) Scanner Left Cover Left rear cover (page 4-8 "Left Rear Cover") Scanner front cover (page 4-28 "Scanner Front Cover") Scanner left cover [A] ( ×3) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-28...

  • Page 323: Exposure Glass

    Open the platen cover or ADF, and remove the scale [A]. ( ×3) ADF exposure glass [A] Rear scale [A] ( ×3) Left scale and exposure glass [A] § The exposure glass and the left scale are attached with double-sided tape. 4-29 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 324: Exposure Lamp (Led)

    Set so that the locating hole of the left scale fits over the locating boss of the front/rear frame. 4.6.3 EXPOSURE LAMP (LED) Exposure glass (page 4-29 "Exposure Glass") Move the exposure lamp (1st scanner carriage) [A] to position [B]. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-30...

  • Page 325: Scanner Motor

    Scanner Unit Exposure lamp [A] ( ×2, ×1) 4.6.4 SCANNER MOTOR Scanner upper cover (page 4-27 "Scanner Upper Cover") SIO unit [A] ( ×2, ×7) Bracket [A] ( ×4, ×3) 4-31 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 326 Scanner Unit Spring [A] Scanner motor unit [A] ( ×2, ×1) Scanner motor [A] ( ×2) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-32...

  • Page 327: Lens Block

    Scanner Unit 4.6.5 LENS BLOCK Exposure Glass (page 4-29 "Exposure Glass") Lens block cover [A] ( ×2) Lens block [A] ( ×5, ×2) 4-33 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 328: Original Size Sensor

    When a screw driver is inserted, the tab can be removed smoothly. 4.6.7 SIO Scanner rear cover ( page 4-11 "Scanner Rear Cover") Scanner upper cover ( page 4-27 "Scanner Upper Cover") Bracket [A] ( ×1) SIO [A] ( ×4, ×7) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-34...

  • Page 329: Scanner Hp Sensor

    Scanner upper cover (page 4-27 "Scanner Upper Cover") Exposure glass (page 4-29 "Exposure Glass") Slide the exposure lamp (1st scanner carriage) [A] in the direction of the arrow a little. Peel off the sensor stopper [A]. Scanner HP Sensor [A] ( ×1) 4-35 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 330: Df Position Sensor

    Scanner Unit 4.6.9 DF POSITION SENSOR Scanner upper cover (page 4-27 "Scanner Upper Cover") DF Position sensor [A] ( ×1, ×1) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-36...

  • Page 331: Adjusting The Scanner Wire

    Main power switch cover (page 4-13 "Main power switch cover") Lower bracket [A] of the operation panel ( ×6, ×3). Scanner front frame [A] ( ×6) Move the 1st scanner carriage to the set position of the scanner fixing pin. 4-37 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 332 Scanner Unit Wire clamp [A] ( ×1) Wire fixing bracket [A], spring [B] ( ×1) 10. Wire pulley [A] ( ×1, ×1) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-38...

  • Page 333: Scanner Wire Assembly (Front Side)

    Turn the ball end [D] 5 times counterclockwise along the edge on the rear side of the pulley. Turn the ring end [E] 3.5times clockwise along the edge at the front side of pulley. Check that the blue marks [F] of the wire overlap, and secure it temporarily with Teflon tape, etc. 4-39 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 334 1. Right frame pulley (outside) [K] 1. 2nd scanner carriage (inside) [L] 2. Scanner retaining bracket [M] (Tighten the screw of the scanner retaining bracket temporarily) Remove the tape which temporarily held the wire in Step 5. 10. Attach the spring. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-40...

  • Page 335: Scanner Position Adjustment

    § After replacing the wire, make a test copy, and check skew, magnification, and whether there is a registration gap. If there is a gap, adjust the scanner wire position again, or perform Scan Registration Adjustment (SP4010-SP4011). 4-41 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 336: Scanner Wire (Rear)

    Scanner right cover (page 4-27 "Scanner Right Cover") Scanner left cover (page 4-28 "Scanner Left Cover") Exposure glass (page 4-29 "Exposure Glass") Scanner motor (page 4-31 "Scanner Motor") Bracket [A] ( ×7, ×1) Rear frame [A] ( ×6) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-42...
  • Page 337 Scanner Unit Move to the set position of the fixing pin for the first carriage. Wire clamp [A] ( ×1) Wire fixing bracket [A], spring [B] ( ×1) 4-43 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 338 11. Remove the screw and the clip ring of the wire pulley (front) [A] and wire pulley (rear) [C], draw out the scanner drive shaft [B] in the direction of the arrow, and remove the wire pulley (rear) [C] ( ×1, ×2). D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-44...

  • Page 339: Scanner Wire Assembly (Rear Side)

    Attach the scanner wire on the rear side as in Step 7, attaching the scanner wire (front side). 4.6.11 MODIFYING THE SCANNER (CONTACT/CONTACTLESS) WHEN USING ARDF Procedure for the ADF ADF front cover [A] .( ×1) § Remove with the document table [B] lifted up. Document reader guide plate [A].( ×1) 4-45 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 340 Replace the contactless guide plate (front) [A] with the contact guide plate (front) [B]. ( ×1) There is a hole in the contact guide plate (front). Replace the contactless guide plate (rear) [A] with the contact guide plate (rear) [B]. There is a hole in the contact guide plate (rear). D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-46...
  • Page 341 Attach the document reader guide plate. Be careful not to scratch the sheet [A]. Attach the ADF front cover, and return the ADF to its original position. From the SP mode, change the DF density setting (SP4-688-001) from [106%] to [101%]. 4-47 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 342: Procedure For The Scanner

    Open the SPDF Lower entrance guide unit [A] ( ×2) § The part below the contactless lower entrance guide unit is black [A]. § The part below the contact lower entrance guide unit is colorless and transparent [B]. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-48...
  • Page 343 The part below the contactless document reader guide plate is black [A]. § The part below the contact document reader guide plate is white [B]. Attach the contact document reader guide plate [A] ( ×1) Attach the contact lower entrance guide unit [A] ( ×2) 4-49 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 344: Procedure For The Scanner

    Procedure for the scanner Exposure glass (page 4-29 "Exposure Glass") Peel off the gap sheet (black) [A] from the sheet-through glass [B]. Wipe the exposure glass with alcohol, etc., so that no glue remains from the double-sided tape. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-50...

  • Page 345: Laser Unit

    Laser Unit 4.7 LASER UNIT § Turn off the main switch and unplug the machine before beginning any of the procedures in this section. Laser beams can cause serious eye injury. § Caution Decals § Decal Location 4-51 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 346: Before Replacement

    Remove these before you install the new unit. Before Replacement Polygon motor cover [A] ( ×4) Polygon motor bracket [A], Red tag [B] ( ×3) Reattach the polygon motor cover. Removing Left cover (page 4-8 "Left Cover") Laser unit [A] ( ×2, ×4, ×3) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-52...

  • Page 347: Installing A New Laser Unit

    Installing a New Laser Unit Insert the new laser unit in the main body carefully. Connect all harnesses except the skew correction motor harness [A] (2nd from right). For D148/D149/D150, connect three harnesses. For D146/D147, connect two harnesses. 4-53 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 348: Adjustment After Replacing The Laser Unit

    Check that SP2-119-001 to 003 is "0." § If it is not "0", perform SP2-110-005 again. Turn off the main power switch and disconnect the power cord. Remove the left cover and attach the skew correction motor harness [A]. For D148/D149/D150 For D146/D147 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-54...

  • Page 349: Polygon Motor

    Succeed, 1: Fail). Also, results for each color can be checked with SP2-194-010 to 013. 11. Exit the SP mode. 4.7.2 POLYGON MOTOR Polygon motor cover (page 4-52 "Laser Unit") Polygon motor holder [A], Polygon motor [B] ( ×5, ×1) 4-55 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 350: Adjustment After Replacing The Polygon Motor

    Also, results for each color can be checked with SP2-194-010 to 013. 4.7.3 IMAGING TEMPERATURE SENSOR (THERMISTOR) Open the controller box (page 4-83 "Transfer Motor Unit") Connector [A] Imaging temperature sensor harness guide [A] and Imaging temperature sensor [B] ( ×2) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-56...

  • Page 351: Pcdu

    PCDU 4.8 PCDU 4.8.1 NOTES WHEN REPLACING A PCDU D146/D147/ D148 Do not release the spring pressure. D149/D150 Release the spring pressure, and remove non-compatible parts. Replacement procedure 1. Seal [A] 2. Insert the knob in the bent part of the pin, move it gently, and release the spring pressure.

  • Page 352: Pcdu

    Each PCDU has two components: a drum and a development unit. Before replacing a PCDU, set SP3-701 to "1" for the PCU that you will replace, and again for the development unit that you will replace. Then switch the power OFF. Then replace the PCDU and switch the power ON. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-58...

  • Page 353: Replacement

    PCDU Replacement Open the front cover [A]. Image transfer front cover [A] ( ×1) PCDU cover 4-59 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 354 PCDU ×1 ×1 ×1 ×1 Release the lock of the image transfer contact lever [A]. PCDU ×1, ×1 ×1, ×1 ×1, ×1 ×1, ×1 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-60...

  • Page 355: Pcu/Development Unit

    (removed in Step 3). If the parts are bent or deformed, electrical contact may become poor, and this may cause poor image quality. PCDU (page 4-58 "PCDU") Front end block [A] ( ×2) Rear end block [A] ( ×1) 4-61 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 356 PCDU Gears [A] [B] ( ×2) Remove the joint (rear side) [A] ( ×3). Separate the PCU [A] and Development Unit [B]. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-62...

  • Page 357: Precautions When Joining The Pcu And The Development Unit

    If this happens, toner lines may appear on prints. Check procedure after replacing Turn the drum in the direction of the arrows before attaching to the main body, and check that toner lines do not appear. 4-63 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 358: Waste Toner

    Pull out the waste toner bottle [A]. 4.9.2 ADJUSTMENT AFTER REPLACING The counter for the Waste Toner Bottle is reset automatically. The counter isn't reset with SP3-701-142 (Manual New Unit Set: Waste Toner Bottle) and SP7-622-142 (PM Counter reset: Waste Toner Bottle). D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-64...

  • Page 359: Image Transfer Unit

    Before replacing the Image Transfer Belt unit, set SP3-701-093 to "1" and switch the power OFF. Then replace the Image Transfer Belt unit and switch the power ON. Replacement Open the front cover. (page 4-5 "Front Cover") Image transfer front cover [A] ( ×1) 4-65 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 360 Image Transfer Unit Release the lock [A] and open the right cover [B]. Pull the handle [A] and open the paper transfer unit [B]. Release the ITB lock lever [A] and ITB contact lever [B]. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-66...
  • Page 361 To prevent the image transfer belt unit from falling out, there is a lock mechanism. After pulling out the image transfer belt unit fully, lift the handle [B] to release the lock, and remove image transfer belt unit. Locking mechanism by handle 4-67 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 362: Image Transfer Cleaning Unit

    Then replace the Image Transfer Belt Cleaning and switch the power ON. Replacement Image transfer unit (page 4-65 "Image Transfer Unit") Image transfer lock unit [A] ( ×3, Among them, stepping screw ×1) Remove the screw above the image transfer cleaning unit [A] ( ×2). D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-68...
  • Page 363 Turn the whole image transfer belt unit over, and remove the screw below the image transfer cleaning unit ( ×2). While releasing the hook, lift the image transfer belt unit gently, and remove the image transfer cleaning unit. Put toner on the image transfer belt. 4-69 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 364: Image Transfer Belt

    Rotate the image transfer belt about 10mm [A] in the reverse direction, then turn it forward one complete turn [B]. 4.10.3 IMAGE TRANSFER BELT Image transfer unit (page 4-65 "Image Transfer Unit") Bracket [A] ( ×1) Brackets [A] [B] ( ×4) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-70...
  • Page 365 Image transfer cleaning unit (page 4-68 "Image Transfer Cleaning Unit") Remove the tension fixing frames [A] and [B] (front side: black, rear side: gray). Position the image transfer unit with the front side underneath. Release the tension, and remove the belt. 4-71 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 366: Adjustment After Replacing The Image Transfer Belt

    When you install a new image transfer belt, install it under the guide [A]. Adjustment after replacing the Image transfer belt After replacing the image transfer belt, to prevent twisting of the belt, pass the belt round once in the direction of the arrow. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-72...

  • Page 367: Paper Transfer Roller

    [A] ( ×2, ×1). § Note that the sizes of the clip ring differ on the left and right. § When attaching a paper transfer roller unit, first attach the stops [B] to the paper transfer roller unit. 4-73 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 368 Image Transfer Unit D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-74...
  • Page 369 Image Transfer Unit 4-75 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 370: Paper Transfer Exit Sensor

    The characteristic values attached to the service part must be entered before replacement. It is recommended that in case Process control/MUSIC after replacement is not completed successfully, take a note of values of SP3-333,SP3-334,SP3-335. Note the characteristic values that are listed on the bar code label. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-76...
  • Page 371 TM/P sensor: C, value of [2] Vct_reg 3-334-003 ID.Sens TestVal:C TM/P sensor: C, value of [3] Check:Slope Vct_reg 3-334-004 ID.Sens TestVal:C TM/P sensor: C, value of [4] Check:Xint Vct_dif 3-334-005 ID.Sens TestVal:C TM/P sensor: C, value of [5] Check:Slope 4-77 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 372: Replacement Procedure

    When installing the TM / ID sensor unit. § 1. Attach the screw of the front side [B] § 2. Attach the screw of the back side [C] § When installed in reverse order, an SC may occur because the sensor position has shifted. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-78...

  • Page 373: Adjustment After Replacing The Tm(Id) Sensor

    Turn on the main power switch, and then go into the SP mode. Run SP3-011-004 (Manual Procon: Exe Full MUSIC). § If the SP3-011-004 can't finish successfully, make sure you are entering the correct value to the SP. 4-79 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 374: Temperature And Humidity Sensor

    Image Transfer Unit 4.10.8 TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY SENSOR PCDUs (page 4-58 "PCDU") Temperature and humidity sensor bracket [A] ( ×2) Temperature and humidity sensor [A] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-80...

  • Page 375: Drive Unit

    4.11.1 OVERVIEW Description Description Paper Feed Motor Paper Transfer Contact Motor Transport Motor PCU Motor: CMY Registration Motor Development Motor: CMY Paper Exit / Pressure Release Development Motor: Black Motor Fusing Motor PCU: Black / Image Transfer Motor 4-81 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 376: Paper Feed Motor

    Drive Unit 4.11.2 PAPER FEED MOTOR Power supply box (page 4-154 "Paper Transport IOB") Paper Feed Motor [A] ( ×2, ×1) 4.11.3 TRANSPORT MOTOR Power supply box (page 4-154 "Paper Transport IOB") Transport motor [A] ( ×2, ×1) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-82...

  • Page 377: Transfer Motor Unit

    4.11.4 TRANSFER MOTOR UNIT Rear right cover (page 4-11 "Rear Right Cover") Scanner rear lower cover (page 4-12 "Scanner Rear Cover (Small)") Bracket [A] [B] ( ×2) Bracket [A] ( ×3) Controller box [A] ( ×8, ×16, ×17, USB×1) 4-83 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 378 Drive Unit Paper transfer contact motor unit [A] ( ×2) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-84...

  • Page 379: Imaging Drive Unit

    4.11.5 IMAGING DRIVE UNIT Paper transfer contact motor unit (page 4-83 "Transfer Motor Unit") Power supply box (page 4-154 "Paper Transport IOB") Bracket [A] ( ×4) Drive cooling fan (page 4-161 "Drive Cooling Fan (D148/D149/D150)") Imaging drive unit [A] ( ×11) 4-85 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 380: Pcu Motor: Cmy

    Drive Unit 4.11.6 PCU MOTOR: CMY Controller box (page 4-83 "Transfer Motor Unit") Color drum motor [A] ( ×4) 4.11.7 DEVELOPMENT MOTOR: CMY Bracket (page 4-85 "Imaging Drive Unit") Color Development motor [A] ( ×4) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-86...

  • Page 381: Development Motor: Black

    Bracket (page 4-85 "Imaging Drive Unit") PCU: Black / Image Transfer Motor [A] ( ×4) 4.11.10 REGISTRATION MOTOR Power supply box (page 4-154 "Paper Transport IOB") Drive cooling fan (page 4-161 "Drive Cooling Fan (D148/D149/D150)") Registration motor [A] ( ×2, ×1) 4-87 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 382: Fusing Motor

    Rear right cover (page 4-11 "Rear Right Cover") Fusing motor [A] ( ×4, ×1) 4.11.12 PAPER EXIT / PRESSURE RELEASE MOTOR Fusing exhaust heat fan (page 4-160 "Fusing Exhaust Heat Fan") Paper exit / Pressure release motor [A] ( ×2, ×1) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-88...

  • Page 383: Duplex Entrance Motor

    Drive Unit 4.11.13 DUPLEX ENTRANCE MOTOR Paper exit unit (page 4-112 "Paper Exit Unit") Fusing exhaust heat fan (page 4-160 "Fusing Exhaust Heat Fan") Duplex entrance motor unit [A] ( ×3, ×2) Duplex entrance motor [A] ( ×2) 4-89 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 384: Toner Transport Motor

    Controller box (page 4-85 "Imaging Drive Unit") Toner transport motor ×2, ×1 ×2, ×1 ×2, ×1 ×2, ×1 4.11.15 SUB HOPPER Pull out the image transfer unit about 5cm. Controller box. (page 4-83 "Transfer Motor Unit") Toner transport motor unit (K) [A] ( ×3) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-90...
  • Page 385 Drive Unit Sub hopper (K) [A] Pull out the image transfer unit about 5cm. Controller box. (page 4-83 "Transfer Motor Unit") Harness guide [A] ( ×2) Toner transport motor unit (C) [A] ( ×1) Hopper (C) [A] 4-91 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 386 Drive Unit Controller box (page 4-83 "Transfer Motor Unit") Harness guide [A] ( ×2) Toner transport motor unit (M) [A] ( ×3) Hopper (M) [A] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-92...
  • Page 387 Drive Unit Harness guide (page 4-92 "M") Toner transport motor unit (Y) [A] ( ×3) Hopper (Y) [A] 4-93 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 388: Toner End Sensor

    Drive Unit 4.11.16 TONER END SENSOR Hopper (page 4-90 "Sub Hopper") Toner end sensor [A] § The toner end sensor, there is no difference between each color. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-94...

  • Page 389: Toner Bottle Drive Motor

    Toner bottle drive motor (K) [A] ( ×2) Toner transport motor (C) (page 4-90 "Toner Transport Motor") Toner bottle drive motor (C) [A] ( ×2) Toner transport motor (M) (page 4-90 "Toner Transport Motor") Toner bottle drive motor (M) [A] ( ×2) 4-95 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 390 Drive Unit Toner transport motor (Y) (page 4-90 "Toner Transport Motor") Toner bottle drive motor (Y) [A] ( ×2) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-96...

  • Page 391: Id Chip

    Toner bottle drive motor (C) (page 4-95 "C") Toner bottle drive motor (M) (page 4-95 "M") ID chip (C) [A] ( ×2) Toner bottle drive motor (M) (page 4-95 "M") Toner bottle drive motor (Y) (page 4-96 "Y") ID chip (M) [A] ( ×2) 4-97 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 392 Drive Unit Toner bottle drive motor (Y) (page 4-96 "Y") ID chip (Y) [A] ( ×2) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-98...

  • Page 393: Fusing Unit

    415k pages and stops at 430k pages. Open the paper transfer unit. (page 4-65 "Image Transfer Unit") Fusing unit [A] ( ×2) § To attach the fusing unit, fasten the screws in the order [B] (rear), [C] (front). 4-99 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 394: Fusing Entrance Guide Plate

    Attach the fusing entrance guide plate on the outer of the two screw holes. Cleaning the Fusing Entrance Guide Plate Carefully remove toner adhering as shown in the diagram below with a dry cloth. Then, wipe with a cloth moistened with alcohol. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-100...

  • Page 395: Fusing Exit Guide Plate

    2. Remove the fusing exit guide plate in the direction of the arrow 2. Cleaning the Fusing Exit Guide Plate Open the fusing exit guide plate [A]. Wipe clean with a dry cloth. Then wipe clean with a cloth dampened with alcohol. 4-101 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 396: Fusing Upper Cover

    Fusing Unit 4.12.4 FUSING UPPER COVER Fusing unit (page 4-99 "Fusing Unit") Fusing upper cover [A] ( ×4) 4.12.5 FUSING LOWER COVER Fusing unit (page 4-99 "Fusing Unit") Fusing lower cover [A] ( ×4) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-102...

  • Page 397: Fusing

    Fusing Unit 4.12.6 FUSING FRONT COVER Fusing unit (page 4-99 "Fusing Unit") Fusing front cover [A] ( ×3) 4.12.7 FUSING REAR COVER Fusing unit (page 4-99 "Fusing Unit") Gear [A] ( ×1), Fusing rear cover [B] ( ×2) 4-103 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 398: Heating Sleeve Belt Unit

    Fusing front cover (page 4-103 "Fusing Front Cover") Fusing rear cover (page 4-103 "Fusing Rear Cover") Exit guide plate (left) unit [A] ( ×2) Left frame [A] ( ×4, ×4) [B]: sems screw Side plate [A] ( ×1) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-104...

  • Page 399: Pressure Roller

    Do not remove or adjust the pressure adjusting screws [A] when replacing the pressure roller. The fusing unit is adjusted in the factory to match the hardness of the pressure roller, so that the nip width will be correct, so please do not release the pressure adjustment screw. 4-105 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 400 Also, do not move the pressure roller to another fusing unit. Heating sleeve belt unit (Heating sleeve belt unit) Pressure roller [A] ( ×2) Apply the grease (FLUOTRIBO MG GREASE) to the rear shaft of the pressure roller at 5-7mm from the cut edge. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-106...

  • Page 401: Thermostat Unit

    Fusing Unit Apply the grease (FLUOTRIBO MG GREASE) to the front shaft of the pressure roller at 5-7mm from the C-ring notch. 4.12.10 THERMOSTAT UNIT Left frame (Heating sleeve belt unit) Thermostat unit [A] ( ×2) 4-107 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 402: Nc Sensor Unit

    NC sensor unit [A] ( ×2, ×2) 4.12.12 FUSING THERMISTOR Fusing upper cover (page 4-102 "Fusing Upper Cover") Fusing lower cover (page 4-102 "Fusing Lower Cover") Fusing thermistor (edge) [A], fusing thermistor (center) [B] ( ×2, ×2, ×1) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-108...

  • Page 403: Fusing Thermopile Unit

    Fusing unit (page 4-99 "Fusing Unit") Fusing thermopile unit [A] ( ×2, ×2) 4.12.14 PRESSURE ROLLER HP SENSOR Fusing unit (page 4-99 "Fusing Unit") Pressure roller HP sensor unit [A] ( ×1, ×1) Pressure roller HP sensor [A] 4-109 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 404: Fusing Shield Position Sensor

    Fusing Unit 4.12.15 FUSING SHIELD POSITION SENSOR Fusing unit (page 4-99 "Fusing Unit") Fusing shield position sensor unit [A] ( ×1, ×2) Fusing shield position sensor (upper) [A], Fusing shield position sensor (lower)[B] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-110...

  • Page 405: Fusing Shield Drive Motor

    Fusing Unit 4.12.16 FUSING SHIELD DRIVE MOTOR Fusing unit (page 4-99 "Fusing Unit") Fusing shield drive motor unit [A] ( ×2, ×1) Fusing shield drive motor [A] ( ×2) 4-111 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 406: Paper Exit

    Fusing unit (page 4-99 "Fusing Unit") Inner cover [A] ( ×2) Paper exit unit [A] ( ×1, ×2) 4.13.2 PAPER EXIT SWITCHING SOLENOID Paper exit unit (page 4-112 "Paper Exit Unit") Paper exit switching solenoid [A] ( ×2, ×1, ×1) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-112...

  • Page 407: Paper Exit Sensor

    Paper Exit 4.13.3 PAPER EXIT SENSOR Paper exit unit Feeler [A] Harness [A] ( ×1, ×3) Paper exit sensor unit [A] ( ×1, ×1) Paper exit sensor [A] 4-113 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 408: Reverse Sensor

    Paper Exit 4.13.4 REVERSE SENSOR Paper exit unit Reverse sensor unit [A] ( ×1, ×1, ×1) Reverse sensor [A] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-114...

  • Page 409: Paper Exit Full Sensor

    Paper exit full sensor unit [A] ( ×2) Paper exit full sensor [A] 4.13.6 REVERSE MOTOR Paper exit unit (page 4-112 "Paper Exit Unit") Gear [A] Reverse motor unit [A] ( ×3, ×1, ×1, ×1) Reverse motor [A] ( ×2, ×1) 4-115 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 410: Fusing Exit Sensor

    Paper Exit 4.13.7 FUSING EXIT SENSOR Paper exit unit (page 4-112 "Paper Exit Unit") Fusing exit sensor unit [A] ( ×1, ×1, ×1) Fusing exit sensor [A] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-116...

  • Page 411: Paper Feed

    Note that the 1st paper feed unit for the D150 is not interchangeable with the 1st paper feed unit for other models. 4.14.1 PAPER FEED UNIT 1st Paper Feed Unit Open the right cover [A] wide ( ×2). Pull out the 1st paper tray [A]. Paper feed guide plate [A] 4-117 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 412: 2Nd Paper Feed Unit

    Paper Feed 1st paper feed unit [A] ( ×2, ×1) 2nd Paper Feed Unit Duplex unit (page 4-134 "Duplex Unit") Pull out the 2nd paper tray [A]. Transport guide [A] ( ×1) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-118...
  • Page 413 Paper Feed Harness guide [A] ( ×1) Paper feed guide plate [A] 2nd paper feed unit [A] ( ×2, ×1) 4-119 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 414: Paper Dust Collection Unit

    4.14.2 PAPER DUST COLLECTION UNIT Open the right cover (page 4-134 "Duplex Unit") Paper dust collection unit [A] ( ×1) 4.14.3 PICK-UP ROLLER, PAPER FEED ROLLER, SEPARATION ROLLER, TORQUE LIMITER Roller holder [A] ( ×1) Pick-up roller [A] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-120...
  • Page 415 Paper Feed Paper feed roller [A] Separation roller [A] ( ×1) Torque limiter [A] 4-121 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 416: Paper Feed Solenoid

    § Note that the mounting part in the 1st paper feed solenoid is different from the one for the 2nd paper feed solenoid. Paper feed unit (page 4-117 "Paper Feed Unit") Paper feed solenoid [A] ( ×1, ×1) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-122...

  • Page 417: Paper Feed Sensor

    Paper Feed 4.14.5 PAPER FEED SENSOR Paper feed unit (page 4-117 "Paper Feed Unit") Paper feed sensor unit [A] ( ×1, ×1) Paper feed sensor [A] 4-123 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 418: Vertical Transport Sensor

    Paper Feed 4.14.6 VERTICAL TRANSPORT SENSOR Paper feed unit (page 4-117 "Paper Feed Unit") Vertical transport sensor unit [A] ( ×1, ×1) Vertical transport sensor [A] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-124...

  • Page 419: Limit Sensor

    Paper feed unit (page 4-117 "Paper Feed Unit") Limit sensor [A] 4.14.8 PAPER END SENSOR Paper feed unit (page 4-117 "Paper Feed Unit") While pressing the tab enclosed by the blue circle, remove the paper end sensor [A] (Harness×1). 4-125 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 420: Registration Sensor

    Open the right cover (page 4-134 "Duplex Unit") Paper transfer roller unit (page 4-73 "Paper Transfer Roller Unit ") Inner bracket [A] ( ×3) Remove the registration sensor from the stay gap using a slotted screwdriver ( ×1) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-126...

  • Page 421: By-Pass Tray Unit

    4.15.1 BY-PASS TRAY Open the right cover (page 4-134 "Duplex Unit") Wire [A] ( ×1) Open the duplex unit wide. (page 4-117 "Paper Feed Unit") Paper transport guide [A] ( ×2) By-pass tray [A] ( ×4, ×3, ×4) 4-127 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 422 By-pass Tray Unit D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-128...

  • Page 423: By-Pass Paper End Sensor

    By-pass Tray Unit 4.15.2 BY-PASS PAPER END SENSOR Open the by-pass tray [A]. By-pass paper end sensor cover [A] By-pass paper end sensor unit [A] ( ×1, ×1) By-pass paper end sensor [A] 4-129 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 424: By-Pass Pick-Up Roller

    4.15.3 BY-PASS PICK-UP ROLLER Open the by-pass tray. (page 4-127 "By-pass Tray") By-pass pick-up roller [A] ( ×1) 4.15.4 BY-PASS PAPER FEED ROLLER Paper End Sensor (page 4-125 "Paper End Sensor") By-pass paper feed roller [A] ( ×1) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-130...

  • Page 425: By-Pass Separation Roller

    By-pass Tray Unit 4.15.5 BY-PASS SEPARATION ROLLER Paper transport guide (page 4-127 "By-pass Tray") By-pass separation roller [A] ( ×1) 4.15.6 TORQUE LIMITER By-pass separation roller (page 4-131 "By-pass Separation Roller") Torque limiter [A] 4-131 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 426: By-Pass Tray Side Fence (D150 Only)

    While holding the feeler of the By-pass length sensor with your hand, perform SP1-008-032 (SI By-Pass Size Detection Adj Main Scan Size Adj). When the auto-adjusting SP starts, release the feeler (the SP value of each paper size is read automatically, and stored). D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-132...
  • Page 427 By-pass Tray Unit When the side fence starts to move towards the outside, remove the extension tray. Check SP1-008-033 (SI By-Pass Size Detection Adj Main Scan Size Adj Result), and check that it is 1: Succeed. 4-133 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 428: Duplex Unit

    4.16.1 DUPLEX UNIT Unlock the lever [A], and then open the right cover [B]. Arm [A] [B] ( ×2) Right rear cover (page 4-12 "Right Rear Cover") Open the 1st paper feed tray [A] and 2nd paper feed tray [B]. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-134...

  • Page 429: Duplex Unit

    Duplex Unit Cover [A] ( ×1) Duplex unit [A] ( ×1, ×3) § To attach the duplex unit, loop the harness around as shown in the diagram. MP C6003 4-135 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 430: Duplex/By-Pass Motor

    Duplex Unit MP C5503/C4503/C3503/C3003 4.16.2 DUPLEX/BY-PASS MOTOR Duplex unit (page 4-134 "Duplex Unit") Harness guide [A] ( ×4) Duplex/by-pass motor unit [A] ( ×3, ×1, ×3) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-136...

  • Page 431: Duplex Entrance Sensor

    Duplex Unit Duplex/By-pass Motor [A] ( ×2) 4.16.3 DUPLEX ENTRANCE SENSOR Harness guide (page 4-134 "Duplex Unit") Remove two tabs, and remove the transport guide [A]. Duplex entrance unit [A] ( ×8) 4-137 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 432 Duplex Unit Duplex entrance sensor unit [A] ( ×1) Duplex entrance sensor [A] ( ×1) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-138...

  • Page 433: Duplex Jam Processing Led

    Duplex entrance unit (page 4-137 "Duplex Entrance Sensor") Duplex jam processing LED [A] ( ×1) 4.16.5 DUPLEX EXIT SENSOR Duplex unit (page 4-134 "Duplex Unit") Harness guide [A] ( ×1) Duplex exit sensor unit [A] ( ×1) Duplex exit sensor [A] ( ×1) 4-139 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 434: Double Feed Sensor (D150 Only)

    Duplex Unit 4.16.6 DOUBLE FEED SENSOR (D150 ONLY) Duplex unit (page 4-134 "Duplex Unit") Harness guide (page 4-136 "Duplex/By-pass Motor") Gear cover [A] Remove two tabs, and remove the vertical transport guide plate [A] ( ×4). D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-140...
  • Page 435 Duplex Unit Double feed sensor unit [A] ( ×2) Double feed sensor [A] ( ×1) 4-141 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 436: Electrical Components

    Electrical Components 4.17 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS § There is a FFC with tabs. Release the tabs to remove. 4.17.1 OVERVIEW Printed Circuits/Parts Inside the Controller Box IPU Sub (SPDF only) Controller Box Cooling Fan CPU Cooling Fan Controller Board D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-142...

  • Page 437: Printed Circuits Behind The Controller Box

    Electrical Components Printed Circuits Behind the Controller Box. HVP_TTS Imaging IOB Printed Circuit/Parts Inside the Power Box PSU (AC controller board) PSU (DC Power) PSU Cooling Fan 4-143 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 438: Printed Circuits Behind The Power Box

    Electrical Components Printed Circuits Behind the Power Box. HVP_CB Paper Transport IOB 4.17.2 IPU SUB (SPDF ONLY) Rear cover (page 4-10 "Rear Cover") IPU Sub [A] ( ×3, ×2) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-144...

  • Page 439: Ipu

    § The FFC connector has a lock mechanism. Do not use force to pull it out. IPU Sub (page 4-144 "IPU Sub (SPDF only)") IPU [A] D150: ( ×8, ×12) D149/D148: ( ×7, ×12) D147/D146: ( ×6, ×12) 4-145 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 440 Electrical Components D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-146...

  • Page 441: Bcu

    10. Set the following SP, Machine Serial Set (SP5-811-001), Area Selection (SP5-807-001), CPM Set (SP5-882-001). § For information on how to configure this SP, contact the supervisor in your branch office. 11. Turn off the machine, and then turn it back on. 12. Use SP5-801-002 “Memory Clear Engine”. 4-147 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 442: Controller Board

    4.17.5 CONTROLLER BOARD § Keep NVRAMs away from any objects that can cause static electricity. Static electricity can damage NVRAM data. Rear cover (page 4-10 "Rear Cover") Controller bracket [A] ( ×4) Controller Board [A] ( ×7, ×**) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-148...

  • Page 443: Nvrams On The Controller Board

    If you mounted the NVRAM in the wrong direction, each component needs to be replaced because a short circuit was caused in the controller board and the NVRAM. Correspondence table Label on the Position Label on the NVRAM board Upper FRAM2 2M-2 Lower FRAM1 2M-1 4-149 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 444: Hdd

    Before replacing the HDD, copy the address book data to an SD card with SP5846-051 if possible. § If the customer is using the Data Overwrite Security, the Data Encryption feature or OCR Scanned PDF, these applications must be installed again. Rear cover (page 4-10 "Rear Cover") HDD [A] ( ×3, ×2) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-150...

  • Page 445: Adjustment After Replacement

    Scanner rear cover (page 4-11 "Scanner Rear Cover") Scanner rear small cover (page 4-12 "Scanner Rear Cover (Small)") Rear right cover (page 4-11 "Rear Right Cover") Open the controller box [A]. ( ×6) Imaging IOB [A] ( ×5, ×**) 4-151 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 446: Hvp_Tts

    Electrical Components 4.17.9 HVP_TTS Open the controller box. (page 4-151 "Imaging IOB") HVP_TTS [A] D148/D149/D150 ( ×2, ×**) D146/D147 ( ×4, ×**) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-152...

  • Page 447: Psu (Ac Controller Board)

    PSU (AC Controller Board) [A] ( ×8, ×**) 4.17.11 PSU (DC POWER) § PSU (DC) for D146/D147 is different from the PSU (DC) for D148/D149/D150. Rear lower cover (page 4-11 "Rear Lower Cover") PSU (DC Power) [A] ( ×6, ×**)

  • Page 448: Paper Transport Iob

    Rear lower cover (page 4-11 "Rear Lower Cover") Power supply box [A] ( ×6, Among them, tapping screw×1, ×10, ×4) § The power box [A] is hooked onto the machine at the locations in the blue circles. Paper transport IOB [A] ( ×6, ×**) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-154...

  • Page 449: Hvp-Cb

    Electrical Components 4.17.13 HVP-CB Power supply box (page 4-154 "Paper Transport IOB") HVP_CB [A] ( ×4, ×**) 4-155 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 450: Fans/Filters

    Before replacing the Dust filter, set SP3-701-132 to "1" and switch the power OFF. Then replace the Dust filter and switch the power ON. Replacement Pull out the ozone filter and dust filter [A]. Ozone filter[A], Dust filter [B] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-156...

  • Page 451: Odor Filter

    Fans/Filters 4.18.2 ODOR FILTER Odor filter box [A] Odor filter [A] 4-157 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 452: Development Intake Fan/Right

    Fans/Filters 4.18.3 DEVELOPMENT INTAKE FAN/RIGHT Inner lower cover (page 4-18 "Inner Lower Cover") Development intake fan/Right unit [A] ( ×2, ×1, ×1) Development intake fan/Right [A] ( ×2) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-158...

  • Page 453: Development Intake Fan/Left

    Inner lower cover (page 4-18 "Inner Lower Cover") Development Intake Fan/Left unit [A] ( ×2, ×1) Development Intake Fan/Left [A] ( ×2) 4.18.5 OZONE EXHAUST FAN Power supply box (page 4-154 "Paper Transport IOB") Ozone exhaust fan [A] ( ×2, ×1) 4-159 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 454: Paper Exit Cooling Fan

    Main power switch cover (page 4-13 "Main power switch cover") Paper exit cooling fan [A] ( ×2, ×1) 4.18.7 FUSING EXHAUST HEAT FAN Rear right cover (page 4-11 "Rear Right Cover") Fusing exhaust heat fan unit [A] ( ×2, ×1, ×1) Fusing exhaust heat fan [A] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-160...

  • Page 455: Drive Cooling Fan (D148/D149/D150)

    Fans/Filters 4.18.8 DRIVE COOLING FAN (D148/D149/D150) Rear right cover (page 4-11 "Rear Right Cover") Right rear cover (page 4-12 "Right Rear Cover") Drive cooling fan unit [A] ( ×2, ×1) Drive cooling fan 4-161 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 456: Main Exhaust Fan (D148/D149/D150)

    Fans/Filters 4.18.9 MAIN EXHAUST FAN (D148/D149/D150) Scanner rear cover (page 4-11 "Scanner Rear Cover") Scanner rear small cover (page 4-12 "Scanner Rear Cover (Small)") Main exhaust fan unit [A] ( ×2, ×1) Main exhaust fan [A] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-162...

  • Page 457: Toner Supply Cooling Fan

    Fans/Filters 4.18.10 TONER SUPPLY COOLING FAN D148/D149/D150 Drive cooling fan (page 4-161 "Drive Cooling Fan (D148/D149/D150)") Toner supply cooling fan unit [A] ( ×2, ×1) Toner supply cooling fan [A] 4-163 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 458: D146/D147

    Fans/Filters D146/D147 Rear right cover (page 4-11 "Rear Right Cover") Right rear cover (page 4-12 "Right Rear Cover") Toner supply cooling fan unit [A] ( ×2, ×1) Toner supply cooling fan [A] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-164...

  • Page 459: Psu Cooling Fan

    Fans/Filters 4.18.11 PSU COOLING FAN Rear lower cover (page 4-11 "Rear Lower Cover") PSU cooling fan unit [A] ( ×2) PSU cooling fan [A] 4-165 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 460: Psu Exhaust Heat Fan (D148/D149/D150)

    Power supply box (page 4-154 "Paper Transport IOB") Left cover (page 4-8 "Left Cover") PSU exhaust heat fan [A] ( ×2, ×1) 4.18.13 POWER BOX COOLING FAN Rear cover (page 4-10 "Rear Cover") Power box cooling fan [A] ( ×2) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-166...

  • Page 461: Image Adjustment

    Scanner leading edge and side-to-side registration A: Leading Edge Registration Put the test chart on the exposure glass. Then make a copy from one of the feed stations. Check the leading edge and side-to-side registration. Adjust the following SP modes if necessary. 4-167 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 462: Ardf

    Adjustment Range SP6-006-001 Side-to-Side Regist: Front ± 3.0 mm SP6-006-003 Leading Edge Registration ± 5.0 mm SP6-006-005 Buckle: Duplex Front ± 3.0 mm SP6-006-006 Buckle: Duplex Rear ± 2.5 mm SP6-006-007 Rear Edge Erase (Trailing Edge) ± 10.0 mm D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-168...

  • Page 463: Ardf Sub-Scan Magnification

    Side to side (main-scan direction): 2 ± 1 mm Paper Registration Standard The registration in both main- and sub-scan directions can change within the following tolerance. § Sub-scan direction: 0 ± 9 mm § Main-scan direction: 0 ± 4 mm 4-169 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 464: Adjustment Procedure

    Do the side-to-side registration adjustment. 1) Check the side-to-side registration and adjust it with SP1-002. 2) Select the adjustment conditions (paper feed station). 3) Input the value. Then press the key. 4) Generate a trim pattern to check the leading edge adjustment. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-170...

  • Page 465: Erase Margin Adjustment

    You should also do the line position adjustment at these times: § After you transport or move the machine (you should do the forced line position adjustment if you install the machine at the user location.) if the machine is pre-installed 4-171 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 466: Printer Gamma Correction

    The higher the number in the range associated with the low ID, Offset middle ID, high ID, and ID max, the greater the density. There are four adjustable modes (can be adjusted with SP4-918-009): § Copy Photo mode § Copy Letter mode § Copy Letter (Single Color) mode D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-172...
  • Page 467 (K, C, M, and Y) matches that of level 6 on the C-4 chart. Adjust the offset value so Shadow (High ID) that the density of level 8 (K, C, M, and Y) matches that of level 8 on the C-4 chart. 4-173 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 468 6 matches that of level 6 on the C-4 chart. Adjust the offset value so Shadow (High ID) that the density of level 8 matches that of level 8 on the C-4 chart. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-174...
  • Page 469 Adjust the offset value so that dirty background does Highlight (Low ID) not show on the copy and (K, C, M, and Y) the density of level 3 is slightly lighter than that of level 3 on the C-4 chart. 4-175 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 470: Printer Mode

    1200 x 1200 text mode § 2400 x 600 photo mode § 2400 x 600 text mode § 1800 x 600 photo mode § 1800 x 600 text mode § 600 x 600 photo mode § 600 x 600 text mode D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 4-176...
  • Page 471 Adjust the color density with SP1-104. Compare the tone control test sheet with the C4 test chart. § Adjust the density in this order: "ID Max", "Shadow", "Middle", "Highlight". Use SP1-105-001 to keep the adjusted settings. 4-177 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 473: Troubleshooting

    TROUBLESHOOTING R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY Pag e Date Ad d ed / Upd ated / New None...

  • Page 475: Self-Diagnostic Mode

    OFF to ON. machine cannot Alarm count be used (down-time and alarm only mitigation). if recurrence No display on the Occurrence operation panel, Count only logging. and use is Logging count permitted. & alarm count D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 476: Sc Logging

    SP5-875-001 (SC automatic reboot setting out) (default value: 0 "Automatic reboot"). However, when a NRS report is performed, a reboot is not performed even in the case of the corresponding SC. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 477 Reboot is performed 30 seconds after an engine reboot is possible, after the end of post-processing during printing, etc. At that time, a reboot is performed even if the MFP is operating. The engine does not start process control when a reboot is possible. § Automatic reboot See the flowchart below. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 478 Self-Diagnostic Mode D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 479: Controller Self-Diagnosis Outline

    The display changes to the following screen, and self-diagnosis starts. 4. After the end of detailed self-diagnosis, a "Self-diagnosis results report" is automatically printed. § If a Centronics loopback connector is not fitted, a Centronics diagnosis error (SC 835) is generated. § Loop-back connector: G0219350 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 480: Controller Self-Diagnosis Flowchart

    Self-Diagnostic Mode Controller self-diagnosis flowchart D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 481 Self-Diagnostic Mode D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 482 Self-Diagnostic Mode D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 483 Self-Diagnostic Mode D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 484: Sc100 (Engine: Scanning)

    Replace the IDB board or SIO board. § Replace the SBU board. § Replace the IPU board. § Replace the power/signal harness. Lamp Error (LED illumination adjustment) LED error was detected. § LED defective § IDB (LED driver) defective § Power/signal harness defective D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-10...
  • Page 485 2. Reconnect the power/signal harness. 3. Replace the following parts: § Replace the LED board. § Replace the SBU board. § Replace the IDB board or SIO board. § Replace the IPU board. § Replace the power/signal harness. 5-11 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 486 Scanner motor defective § Scanner HP sensor defective § Harness defective § Timing belt, pulley, wire, or carriage not installed correctly Replace the following parts: § Replace the HP sensor § Replace the scanner motor § Replace the harness. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-12...
  • Page 487 SBU defective § IPU defective § Power/signal harness defective 1. Turn the power off/on. 2. Reconnect the power/signal harness. 3. Replace the following parts: § Replace the SBU board. § Replace the IPU board. § Replace the power/signal harness. 5-13 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 488 Reattach/clean the white plate. 3. Replace the following parts: § Replace the SBU board. § Replace the LED board. § Replace the IDB board. § Replace the IPU board. § Replace the SIO board. § Replace the power/signal harness. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-14...
  • Page 489 § IPU (BiCU, iCTL) board defective (ASIC-LEO connection failure, LSYNC abnormal, etc.) § Cable between SBU and IPU (or BiCU) defective § Replace the IPU (or BiCU) board. § Check the cable between SBU and IPU (or BiCU) 5-15 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 490 § Copy data security unit board not installed correctly § Copy data security unit board defective § Reinstall the copy data security unit board. § Replace the copy data security unit board. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-16...
  • Page 491 ASIC on the CIS is defective § Boot failure of ASIC on the CIS 1. Reconnect the power/signal harness. 2. Replace the following parts: § Replace the CIS and CIPB. § Replace the ADF main control board. § Replace the power/signal harness. 5-17 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 492 3rd continuous occasion, an SC is generated) During initialization: § One or two out of two CIS LEDs are defective During scanning: § Both of the CIS LEDs are defective. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-18...
  • Page 493 § Occurs when abnormality is detected in the process of black level generation – detection. § The first and second consecutive occurrences constitute initial jams. The third occurrence constitutes an SC. CIS defective Replace the CIS and CIPB. 5-19 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 494 The third occurrence constitutes an SC. CIS defective 1. Reconnect the power/signal harness. 2. Replace the following parts: § Replace the CIS and CIPB. § Replace the CIS background white roller. § Replace the power/signal harness. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-20...
  • Page 495 Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution SC195-00 Machine serial number error Comparison of the product identification code in the machine serial number (11 digits). The product identification code in the machine serial number (11 digits) does not match. Re-enter the machine serial number. 5-21 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 496: Sc200 (Engine: Image Writing)

    Polygon motor drive pulse is not outputted normally (polygon control unit peripherals). § XSCRDY signal monitoring cannot be performed (polygon control unit peripherals). § Turn the power off/on § Replace the LSU or polygon motor § Replace the polygon harness § Replace the IPU board D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-22...
  • Page 497 Polygon motor drive pulse cannot be output correctly. (Polygon controller) § XSCRDY signal observation failing (Polygon controller) § Turn the power off/on § Replace the LSU or polygon motor § Replace the polygon harness § Replace the IPU board 5-23 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 498 Beam does not enter photo detector. § Abnormality around GAVD § IDB (LED driver) defective § LDB defective § BCU defective § Turn the power off/on § Replace the LSU or polygon motor § Replace the polygon harness § Replace the IPU board D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-24...
  • Page 499 The FGATE signal did not turn OFF when the next job of the corresponding color started. § GAVD defective § Image processing ASIC defective § Turn the power off/on. § Replace the IPU board. § Replace the controller board. 5-25 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 500 G-MAC communication error: Other In view of parity, 3 retries were performed § IPU defective § Harness defective § LDB defective § Cycle the main power off/on § Replace the LD unit § Replace the harness § Replace the IPU board D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-26...
  • Page 501 PCU defective § LD unit defective § MUSIC pattern density thin § ITB reset § PCU reset § Toner replenishment § Replace the TM (ID) sensor § Replace the ITB § Replace the PCU § Replace the LD unit 5-27 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 502: Sc300 (Engine: Charge, Development)

    High voltage harness defective or shorted. § PCU setting fault or damage § HVP_CB fault § Connector disconnected § Harness broken § High voltage harness reset/replacement § PCU reset/replacement § Replace the HVP_CB § Connector reset § Replace the harness D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-28...
  • Page 503 High level is detected at least 20 times § Motor defective § Connector disconnected § Harness broken § IOB defective § Unit torque increased § Replace the motor § Reconnect the connector § Replace the harness § Replace the IOB § Replace the unit 5-29 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 504 (SP3-211-003). TD sensor connector dropout (connection fault) TD sensor connector missing check Check whether there is any error in the TD sensor harness (disconnection, etc.) If the sensor is defective, replace the development unit. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-30...
  • Page 505 Upper limit (SP3-320-013: initial value 4.5V) Lower limit (SP3-320-014: initial value 3.5V) § TM (ID) sensor connector missing/ connection fault § TM (ID) sensor detection window dirt § TM (ID) sensor malfunction § Undulation in the ITB, or belt slippage 5-31 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 506 High level is detected at least 20 times. § Motor defective § Connector disconnected § Harness broken § IOB defective § Unit torque increased. § Replace the motor § Reconnect the connector § Replace the harness § Replace the IOB § Replace the PCDU D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-32...

  • Page 507: Sc400 (Engine: Around The Drum)

    Replace the harness § Replace the IOB § Check the load on the motor (PCDU, Image transfer unit, Paper transfer unit, Waste toner bottle). § Replace the PCDU, Image transfer unit, Paper transfer unit or Waste toner bottle. 5-33 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 508 Sensor defective § Motor defective § Unit load large § Reset the Image transfer unit § Clean the sensor § Replace the sensor § Replace the contact/separation drive unit § Replace the image transfer unit § Check the harness D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-34...
  • Page 509 Harness broken § Replace the image transfer unit § Replace the transfer motor § Reset the connector § Replace the harness § Ensure that SP2-920-07 to 009 is set to "1(FG)". It must not be set to "0". 5-35 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 510 Home position operation: If not detected in 5000msec Signal detection sampling period: 10msec § Sensor dirt § Sensor defection § Motor defection § Unit load large § Replace the contact drive unit § Replace the image transfer unit § Check the harness D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-36...
  • Page 511 Reset or replace the harness of high voltage power supply feed path § Reset or replace the harness between IOB-HVP_CB § Reset or replace the PCU § Check the operation of the contact mechanism § Replace the HVP_CB § Replace the IOB 5-37 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 512 Reset or replacement the harness of high voltage power supply feed path § Reset or replace the harness between IOB-HVP_TTS § Reset or replace the transfer unit § Check operation of the contact mechanism § Replace the HVP_TTS § Replace the IOB D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-38...
  • Page 513 Machine temperature detection thermistor error Temperature sensor output error: Below 0.56V (90 degrees or more), or above 3.0V (below -18 degrees) § Connector disconnection or broken § Sensor defective § Check the sensor setting § Replace the imaging temperature sensor (thermistor) 5-39 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 514 Temperature and humidity sensor error Temperature sensor output error: Below 0.76V, or above 2.90V, or Moisture sensor output error: more than 2.4V § Sensor not setting (disconnection or broken) § Sensor defective § Check the sensor setting § Replace the sensor D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-40...

  • Page 515: Sc500 (Engine: Paper Transport 1: Paper Feed, Duplex, Transport)

    Reset the connector § Replacement 1st paper feed unit, 1st tray § Replacement Paper transport IOB § Replacement SC501-02 1st Tray Lowering Error The 1st tray descent motor error detection count reaches 5. (Up to 4, reset is displayed) 5-41 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 516 2nd tray limit sensor connector missing, malfunction, dirt § 2nd tray lift motor connector missing, disconnection, malfunction § Foreign matter, such as paper scrap, is caught between the paper feed tray and the tray lift motor § Paper set fault D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-42...
  • Page 517 Reset the paper § Remove the foreign matter 2nd tray limit sensor, 2nd tray lift motor § Check the harness § Reset the connector § Replacement 2nd paper feed unit, 2nd tray § Replacement Paper transport IOB § Replacement 5-43 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 518 During tray initialization, the tray base plate is lowered to check the tray base plate position, and the limit sensor is detected although a predetermined time elapsed, for 3 times consecutively. (up to 2 times consecutively, the bank transmits a "tray set fault" to the main machine) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-44...
  • Page 519 Lift motor error/connector missing § Limit sensor error/connector missing § Harness broken § Bank control board defective § Foreign matter, such as paper scrap, is caught between the paper feed tray and the tray lift motor § Paper set fault 5-45 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 520 § Reset the connector § Replace the harness § Replace the sensor § Replace the control board for the optional paper feed tray § Replace the tray § Replace the paper feed roller § Replace the pick-up arm D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-46...
  • Page 521 Paper set fault § Timing belt damage/dropout § Timing pulley damage/dropout § Base plate damage/horizontality fault § Paper feed roller missing item § Pickup arm damage § Foreign matter, such as paper scrap, is caught inside the right tray 5-47 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 522 *If an error occurs 3 times consecutively: LCIT transmits "3rd tray lower limit detection error" to the main machine. Up to 2 times consecutively, LCIT transmits "tray set fault" to the main machine. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-48...
  • Page 523 Replace the base plate SC503-33 3rd Tray Paper Overload Error (LCIT) During tray initialization, both the upper limit and lower limit are detected 3 times consecutively. (up to 2 times consecutively, LCIT transmits "tray set fault" to the main machine) 5-49 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 524 Harness broken § Bank control board defective § Reset the paper § Remove the foreign matter § Reset the connector § Replace the harness § Replace the sensor § Replace the control board for the optional paper feed tray D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-50...
  • Page 525 Replace the control board for the optional paper feed tray § Reset the paper § Remove the foreign matter § Replace the tray § Replace the timing belt § Replace the timing pulley § Replace the transfer fence 5-51 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 526 Foreign matter, such as paper scrap, is caught between the left tray and the tray transport motor § Paper set fault § Timing belt damage/dropout § Timing pulley damage/dropout § Transfer fence defective § Foreign matter, such as paper scrap, is caught inside the left tray D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-52...
  • Page 527 Lift motor error/connector missing § Limit sensor error/connector missing § Harness broken § Bank control board defective § Foreign matter, such as paper scrap, is caught between the paper feed tray and the tray lift motor § Paper set fault 5-53 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 528 Limit sensor error/connector missing § Harness broken § Bank control board defective § Paper overload § Foreign matter, such as paper scrap, is caught between the paper feed tray and the tray lift motor § Paper set fault D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-54...
  • Page 529 *If an error occurs for 3 times consecutively: the side LCIT transmits a "5th paper feed tray upper limit detection error" to the main machine. Up to 2 times consecutively, the side LCIT transmits a "tray set fault" to the main machine. 5-55 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 530 Replace the control board for the optional side LCT § Replace the tray § Replace the paper feed roller § Replace the pick-up arm § Replace the timing belt § Replace the timing pulley § Replace the base plate D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-56...
  • Page 531 Lower limit sensor error/connector missing § Harness broken § Bank control board defective § Paper set fault § Timing belt damage/dropout § Timing pulley damage/dropout § Base plate damage/horizontality fault § Foreign matter, such as paper scrap, is caught inside the tray 5-57 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 532 Foreign matter, such as paper scrap, is caught inside the tray § Reset the paper § Remove the foreign matter § Reset the connector § Replace the harness § Replace the sensor § Replace the control board for the optional side LCT D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-58...
  • Page 533 If the by-pass side fence is back correct adjustment c Return from sleep § SI by-pass side fence drive motor connector missing, error, step out § SI by-pass side fence paper contact sensor connector missing, error § by-pass paper end sensor error 5-59 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 534 Registration Motor: Lock SC520-02 Paper feed Motor: Lock SC520-03 Transport Motor: Lock During motor ON, after checking the motor error notification registers (err_velo and err_posi) for 500msec, the error state of either register was detected at least 5 times. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-60...
  • Page 535 5 times. § Motor defective § Connector disconnected § Harness broken § IOB defective § Encoder defective § Replace the motor § Reset the connector § Replace the harness § Replace the IOB 5-61 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 536 If a lock signal is not obtained for 50 times consecutively. § Motor defective § Connector disconnected § Harness broken § IOB defective § Replace the motor § Reset the connector § Replace the harness § Replace the IOB § Replace the fan D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-62...
  • Page 537 In the motor ON state, the value of the lock sensor is checked every 100msec. If a lock signal is not obtained for 50 times consecutively. § Motor defective § Connector disconnected § Harness broken § IOB defective 5-63 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 538 If a lock signal is not obtained for 50 times consecutively. § Motor defective § Connector disconnected § Harness broken § IOB defective § Replace the motor § Reset the connector § Replace the harness § Replace the IOB § Replace the fan D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-64...
  • Page 539 20 times. § Motor defective § Connector disconnected § Harness broken § IOB defective § Unit torque increased § Replace the motor § Reset the connector § Replace the harness § Replace the IOB § Replace the unit 5-65 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 540 § Replace the unit SC541-03 Central NC sensor short-circuit AD value: 0-13 (FB voltage: 0.000V-0.041V) (*3) is detected for (t14) seconds continuously. Detection period: 100 ms, detection frequency: 10 times or more. § NC short-circuit § Connector disconnected D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-66...
  • Page 541 Above (T3) degrees C detected for (t4) seconds continuously. Detection period 100ms, detection count: 10 times or more. § Triac short-circuit § IOB board defective § BCU board defective § Replace the IOB board § Replace the BCU board § Replace the fusing unit 5-67 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 542 Fusing control software: out of control § Attach the new fusing unit, then run SP-5-810-002 § If the triac is defective, replace the AC power supply board § If necessary, replace the BCU or the Fusing central NC sensor D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-68...
  • Page 543 § Maximum heat-up Duty (SP interlinked value) 0% is excluded. § Thermistor deformation/float § Heater disconnection § After excessive temperature rise prevention unit operates § Replace the thermistor § Replace the fusing lamp § Replace the fusing unit 5-69 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 544 In the event of an error Frequency instability of commercial power line § Turn the main power supply switch OFF/ON § Check the power source § Check the connection between PSU and control board, and replace harness and board if necessary D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-70...
  • Page 545 During shield basic operation, shield motor does not stop even if (t32) seconds elapsed from rotation start. 549-04 Shield Operation Error Detection During HP detection operation, HP detection fails 3 times consecutively. § Motor defective § Sensor defective § Sensor actuator/feeler modification/defective § Shield modification/defective 5-71 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 546 Reset the connector § Replace the connector § Replace the fusing unit SC551-03 Edge NC Sensor Short-circuit AD value: 0-13 (FB voltage: 0.000V-0.041V) (*3) is detected for (t14) seconds continuously. Detection period: 100 ms, detection frequency: 10 times or more. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-72...
  • Page 547 Thermopile lens dirt § Thermopile modification, float § Outside input voltage guarantee § After excessive temperature rise prevention unit operation § Replace the thermopile § Make sure that the input voltage is within acceptable limits § Replace the fusing unit 5-73 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 548 Triac defective (short-circuit) § Engine controller defective § Heating edge thermopile defective § Fusing control software: out of control § Attach the new fusing unit, then run SP-5-810-002 § If necessary, replace the BCU or Fusing edge NC sensor D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-74...
  • Page 549 § Replace the thermistor § Replace the fusing lamp § Replace the fusing unit SC No. Level Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution SC557-00 Zero Cross Frequency Exceeded In the event of an error Frequency instability of commercial power line/Noise 5-75 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 550 2. When "1" is changed to "0" SP1-142-001, to reset the (SP9-912-001) fusing jam counter. 3. When after displaying SC559, SC release is made, reset the (SP9912-001) fusing jam counter. Fusing unit paper jam Remove the jam D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-76...
  • Page 551 Thermistor dirt § Thermistor deformation, float § Outside input voltage guarantee § After excess temperature rise prevention unit operation § Replace the thermistor § Make sure that the input voltage is within acceptable limits § Replace the fusing unit 5-77 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 552 Pressurized Central Thermistor High Temperature Detection (hardware) Above (T4) degrees C detected § Triac short-circuit § IOB controller defective § BCU controller defective § Fusing control: out of control § Replace the IOB § Replace the BCU § Replace the fusing unit D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-78...
  • Page 553 Below 0 degree C (or above 3F9) detected for (t12) continuously. Detection period: 100 ms, detection counts: 10 times or more. § Thermistor disconnection § Connector disconnected § Replace the thermistor § Reset the connector § Replace the connector § Replace the fusing unit 5-79 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 554 Above (T3) degrees C detected for (t4) seconds continuously. Detection period: 100ms, detection count: 10 times or more. § Triac short-circuit § IOB defective § BCU defective § Replace the IOB § Replace the BCU § Replace the fusing unit D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-80...
  • Page 555 Below 0 degree C (or above 3F9) detected for (t12) seconds continuously. Detection period: 100ms, detection count: 10 times or more. § Thermistor disconnection § Connector disconnected § Replace the thermistor § Reset the connector § Replace the connector § Replace the fusing unit 5-81 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 556 Above (T3) degrees C detected for (t4) seconds continuously. Detection period: 100ms, detection count: 10 times or more. § Triac short-circuit § IOB defective § BCU defective § Replace the IOB § Replace the BCU § Replace the fusing unit D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-82...
  • Page 557 Pressurized Expanded Edge Thermistor High Temperature Detection (hardware) Above (T4) degrees C detected § Triac short-circuit § IOB controller defective § BCU controller defective § Fusing control: out of control § Replace the IOB § Replace the BCU § Replace the fusing unit 5-83 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 558: Sc600 (Engine: Communication And Others)

    § Finisher control board defective. § BCU defective § IOB defective § Connection fault between finisher and main machine. § Reconnect the Finisher interface cable § Replace the BCU § Replace the finisher § Turn the power off/on D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-84...
  • Page 559 (Bank/LCIT transmits "between bank 1 - bank 2: communication error" to the main machine.) § Bank control board fault § Connector disconnected § Reset the optional paper tray connecting cable § Replace the BCU § Replace the optional paper tray § Turn the power off/on 5-85 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 560 BCU - paper transport IOB connection error SC display SC No. Level Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution SC669 EEPROM Communication Error SC669-01 EEPROM OPEN: ID error SC669-02 EEPROM OPEN: Channel error SC669-03 EEPROM OPEN: Device error SC669-04 EEPROM OPEN: Communication abort error D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-86...
  • Page 561 SC669-24 EEPROM Data read: Operation stopped error SC669-25 EEPROM Data read: Buffer full SC669-26 EEPROM Data read: No error code SC669-27 EEPROM Device detection: ID error SC669-28 EEPROM Device detection: Channel error SC669-29 EEPROM Device detection: Device error 5-87 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 562 31 - 34 Requested buffer full 36 - 39 No error code § When abnormality occurs at cable connection § When error notification was received during communication with the tag and operation is not resumed after 3 retries. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-88...
  • Page 563 Communication timeout 26 - 29 Device stopped (logically stopped) 31 - 34 Requested buffer full 36 - 39 No error code When error notification was received during communication with the tag and operation is not resumed after 3 retries. 5-89 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 564 31 - 34, 36 - 39 § Software defection Replace the PCU SC No. Level Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution SC687-00 PER Not Received Error Unable to receive the PER command from the controller. Communication error Replace the BCU D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-90...

  • Page 565: Sc600 (Controller)

    Counter device error 3 A backup RAM error was returned by the counter device. Counter device control board or the backup battery of counter SC634-00 device defective § Replace the counter device control board. § Replace the backup battery. 5-91 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 566 § Set a working SD card/expanded authentication module file. § Install the DESS module. § In the SSP mode set SP5-401-160 to 0. § In the SSP mode, set SP5-401-161 to 0. § Replace the NVRAM. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-92...
  • Page 567 SD card containing the IC card module (eccm.mod). SC No. Level Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution Tracking Information Notification Error (Tracking application error) Tracking information was lost. SC637-01 § Tracking SDK application error § Internal notification error Turn the main power off/on. 5-93 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 568 Displayed only when an error is detected while RC Gate is SC650-01 operating. § SC is not issued if an error occurs during RC Gate installation (because it can be referenced using SP). Dialup authentication failure Check the following SPs. § SP5-816-156 § SP5-816-157 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-94...
  • Page 569 Displayed only when an error is detected while RC Gate is operating. § SC is not issued if an error occurs during RC Gate installation (because it can be referenced using SP). Insufficient current or connection fault The line is not supported and nothing can be done. 5-95 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 570 § SC is not issued if an error occurs during RC Gate installation (because it can be referenced using SP). RC Gate Type N was installed but modem is present or wired/wireless LAN is not working correctly D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-96...
  • Page 571 NRS Center. SC651-01 Software bug Logging only. SC No. Level Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution Illegal Remote Service Dial-up (Chat program execution error) An unexpected error occurred when RC Gate dialed up the NRS Center. SC651-02 Software bug Logging only. 5-97 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 572 Number of characters is not 17. § Includes a character that cannot be printed. § All spaces SC653-00 § NULL Replace the NVRAM. Clear the RC Gate install status, write the common certificate, and then begin installation again. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-98...
  • Page 573 If it is always reproduced, replace the engine board. If the problem persists, consider replacing the controller board or other boards between them. § If reproducibility is low, multiple causes are to be considered, such as software, engine board, controller board, and PSU. 5-99 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 574 Controller board defective § Operation panel connector loose, broken, or defective § Controller late § Turn the main power off/on. § Check the connection of the controller board. § Replace the controller board. § Check the control panel harness. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-100...
  • Page 575 Controller board defective SC672-13 § Operation panel connector loose, broken, or defective § Controller late § Turn the main power off/on. § Check the connection of the controller board. § Replace the controller board. § Check the control panel harness. 5-101 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 576 Controller board defective SC672-99 § Operation panel connector loose, broken, or defective § Controller late § Turn the main power off/on. § Check the connection of the controller board. § Replace the controller board. § Check the control panel harness. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-102...

  • Page 577: Sc700 (Engine: Peripherals)

    Even if the pick up arm motor is rotated, the pick up arm home position sensor does not detect. -04, 05, 06, 07, 09 When an error notification signal is detected during the motor drive period. 5-103 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 578 Level Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution SC701-02 Original Pick-up Motor Driver Error (1-pass ADF) When the protective function of motor driver IC detects: § Over current § Heating and an error is output Motor driver IC detects an error D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-104...
  • Page 579 Paper Exit Motor Driver Error (ARDF) Detection of error signal from motor driver. § Encoder disconnection § Encoder connector dropout § Encoder defective § Overload § Motor deterioration § Replace the encoder harness § Check the harness connection § Replace the motor 5-105 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 580 Protection Device Intercept Error 4 (1-pass ADF) Motor defective in any of the pickup motor, completion stamp, base plate motor or FAN motor, or a harness short-circuit occurs, and the protection device of the non-interlocking power supply system intercepts. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-106...
  • Page 581 Solenoid defective § Check the harness § Replace the controller § Replace the motor § Replace the solenoid SC No. Level Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution SC720 2K/3K Sheet finisher Error SC720-10 Entrance Transport Motor Error (2K/3K sheet finisher) 5-107 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 582 Jogger Motor Error (2K/3K sheet finisher) SC720-33 Strike Roller Drive Motor Error (2K/3K sheet finisher) SC720-41 Release Motor Error (2K/3K sheet finisher) SC720-42 Edge Stapler Displacement Motor Error (2K/3K sheet finisher) SC720-50 Booklet Jogger Motor Error (2K/3K sheet finisher) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-108...
  • Page 583 Connector disconnected § Overload § Encoder defective (*SC720-25 only) § Home position sensor defective § Check the motor § Check the home position sensor connection § Replace the motor § Replace the home position sensor § Replace the controller 5-109 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 584 § Motor defective § Connector disconnected § Overload § Home position sensor defective § Check the motor § Check the home position sensor connection § Replace the motor § Replace the home position sensor § Replace the controller D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-110...
  • Page 585 Motor driver detects an error (short-circuit/ overheating) (1st time is jam notification, 2nd time is SC notification). § Motor defective § Connector disconnected § Overload § Encoder defective § Check the motor § Replace the motor § Replace the controller 5-111 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 586 Motor driver detects an error state (DC motor control error) (1st time is jam notification, 2nd time is SC notification). SC721-11 Transport Motor 2 Error (1K sheet finisher) Motor driver detects an error state (DC motor control error) (1st time is jam notification, 2nd time is SC notification). D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-112...
  • Page 587 SC721-27 Punch Displacement Motor Error (1K sheet finisher) SC721-28 Punch Horizontal Registration Detection Error (1K sheet finisher) SC721-30 Jogger Motor 1 Error (1K sheet finisher) 5-113 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 588 2nd time is SC notification). The return pulse to home and pulse coming from home during normal operation are calculated and measured. The pulses which are 1.5-2 times the normal operation pulse are taken as p0, p1 and p2. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-114...
  • Page 589 (1st time is jam notification, 2nd time is SC notification). The return pulse to home and pulse coming from home during normal operation are calculated and measured. The pulses which are 1.5-2 times the normal operation pulse are taken as p0 and p1. 5-115 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 590 The pulses which are 1.5-2 times the normal operation pulse are taken as p0 and p1. SC721-58 Bundle Transport 1 Release Motor Error (1K sheet finisher) SC721-59 Bundle Transport 2 Release Motor Error (1K sheet finisher) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-116...
  • Page 591 The return pulse to home and pulse coming from home during normal operation are calculated and measured. The pulses which are 1.5-2 times the normal operation pulse are taken as p0 and p1. SC721-71 Shift Motor 1 Error (1K sheet finisher) 5-117 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 592 § Replace the controller § Replace the harness § Replace the motor (*excluding SC721-03) § Reset the connector (*excluding SC721-03) § Replace the solenoid (*SC721-03 only) § Replace the home position sensor (*excluding SC721-03, 10, 11, 17, 80) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-118...
  • Page 593 When punch displacement motor is driven for T19 msec when punch displacement HP sensor is OFF, the HP sensor does not switch ON (1st time is jam notification, 2nd time is SC notification). SC724-28 Punch Horizontal Registration Detection Motor Error (Internal finisher) 5-119 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 594 When rear jogger motor is driven for T25 msec when rear jogger HP sensor is OFF, the HP sensor does not switch ON (1st time is jam notification, 2nd time is SC notification). SC724-33 Strike Roller Motor Error (Internal finisher) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-120...
  • Page 595 After stapler displacement HP sensor OFF, even when the stapler displacement motor is driven for T10 msec, the HP sensor does not switch ON (1st time is jam notification, 2nd time is SC notification). SC724-70 Shift Tray Ascent/Descent Motor Error (Internal finisher) 5-121 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 596 OFF (1st time is jam notification, 2nd time is SC notification). § Motor defective § Connector disconnected § Motor overload § Home position sensor error § Paper surface sensor error (*SC724-38, 70 only) § Staple jam (*SC724-86 only) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-122...
  • Page 597 When original source of 5V power supply is ON, protection device intercept of 24V power system is detected. In 24V power supply system: § Motor defective § Solenoid defective § Harness short- circuit § Replace the PCB § Replace the short-circuited part (harness, motor, solenoid) 5-123 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 598 When power supply is switched on or paper is transported, finisher set is detected but bridge unit set is not detected. (during internal finisher connection, not detected) § Bridge unit not attached § Bridge unit defective § Reset the bridge unit § Turn the power off/on D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-124...
  • Page 599 § Finisher connector set fault § In a machine which has a bridge unit connected, a finisher is not fitted § Finisher defective Connect finisher or disconnect bridge unit, and turn the power off/on 5-125 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 600: Sc800 (Controller)

    Sysarch (LPUX_GET_PORT_INFO) error SC816-11 Sysarch (LPUX_GET_PORT_INFO) error SC816-12 Sysarch (LPUX_GET_PORT_INFO) error SC816-13 open() error SC816-14 Memory address error SC816-15 open() error SC816-16 open() error SC816-17 open() error SC816-18 open() error SC816-19 Double open() error SC816-20 open() error SC816-22 Parameter error D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-126...
  • Page 601 Subsystem error SC816-40 Subsystem error SC816-41 Subsystem error SC816-42 Subsystem error SC816-43 Subsystem error SC816-44 Subsystem error SC816-45 Subsystem error SC816-46 Subsystem error SC816-47 Subsystem error SC816--48 Subsystem error SC816--49 Subsystem error SC816--50 Subsystem error SC816--51 Subsystem error 5-127 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 602 Subsystem error SC816--65 Subsystem error SC816--66 Subsystem error SC816--67 Subsystem error SC816--68 Subsystem error SC816--69 Subsystem error SC816--70 Subsystem error SC816--71 Subsystem error SC816--72 Subsystem error SC816--73 Subsystem error SC816--74 Subsystem error SC816--75 Subsystem error SC816--76 Subsystem error D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-128...
  • Page 603 § Energy save I/O subsystem defective § Energy save I/O subsystem detected a controller board error (non-response). § Error was detected during preparation for transition to STR. § Turn the main power off/on. § Replace the controller board. 5-129 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 604 Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution Nand-Flash updating verification error During remote ROM update or ROM update, the SCS detected a write error (verify error) regarding the data written to the SC842-00 Nand-Flash. Nand-Flash damaged Turn the main power off/on. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-130...
  • Page 605 The Bluetooth hardware (USB type) was connected after the machine was turned on. SC853-00 The Bluetooth hardware (USB type) was connected after the machine was turned on. Turn the main power with the Bluetooth hardware (USB type) connected. 5-131 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 606 Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution Wireless LAN board error (driver initialization failure) Wireless LAN board error (wireless LAN card: 802.11 is covered) SC855-02 § Defective wireless LAN board § Loose connection § Turn the main power off/on. § Replace wireless LAN board D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-132...
  • Page 607 Replace the board. SC No. Level Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution Data encryption conversion error (NVRAM read/write error) A serious error occurred after data conversion during an attempt to update the encryption key. SC858-02 NVRAM defective Replace the board. 5-133 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 608 HDD conversion was selected in the Encryption key update function but the machine was turned on with the HDD removed. § Power failure occurred during encryption key update. § HDD was not successfully converted during encryption key update due to HDD errors or cable noises. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-134...
  • Page 609 HDD was not successfully converted during encryption key update due to HDD errors or cable noises. § Check HDD connection. § Format the HDD. § If there is a problem with the HDD, it has to be replaced. 5-135 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 610 SS_NO_FILE:/* (-13)Device file does not exist*/ § Attempted to acquire HDD status through the driver but there has been no response for 30 seconds or more. § Unformatted HDD § Label data corrupted § HDD defective Format the HDD through SP mode. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-136...
  • Page 611 20 to 30 seconds or more, the HDD may be the cause. If there is a problem with the HDD, HDD-related SCs such as SC860 and SC863 will occur frequently. Print the SC log data and check them. 5-137 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 612 20 to 30 seconds or more, the HDD may be the cause. If there is a problem with the HDD, HDD-related SCs such as SC860 and SC863 will occur frequently. Print the SC log data and check them. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-138...
  • Page 613 20 to 30 seconds or more, the HDD may be the cause. If there is a problem with the HDD, HDD-related SCs such as SC860 and SC863 will occur frequently. Print the SC log data and check them. 5-139 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 614 20 to 30 seconds or more, the HDD may be the cause. If there is a problem with the HDD, HDD-related SCs such as SC860 and SC863 will occur frequently. Print the SC log data and check them. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-140...
  • Page 615 20 to 30 seconds or more, the HDD may be the cause. If there is a problem with the HDD, HDD-related SCs such as SC860 and SC863 will occur frequently. Print the SC log data and check them. 5-141 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 616 20 to 30 seconds or more, the HDD may be the cause. If there is a problem with the HDD, HDD-related SCs such as SC860 and SC863 will occur frequently. Print the SC log data and check them. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-142...
  • Page 617 20 to 30 seconds or more, the HDD may be the cause. If there is a problem with the HDD, HDD-related SCs such as SC860 and SC863 will occur frequently. Print the SC log data and check them. 5-143 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 618 20 to 30 seconds or more, the HDD may be the cause. If there is a problem with the HDD, HDD-related SCs such as SC860 and SC863 will occur frequently. Print the SC log data and check them. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-144...
  • Page 619 20 to 30 seconds or more, the HDD may be the cause. If there is a problem with the HDD, HDD-related SCs such as SC860 and SC863 will occur frequently. Print the SC log data and check them. 5-145 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 620 20 to 30 seconds or more, the HDD may be the cause. If there is a problem with the HDD, HDD-related SCs such as SC860 and SC863 will occur frequently. Print the SC log data and check them. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-146...
  • Page 621 20 to 30 seconds or more, the HDD may be the cause. If there is a problem with the HDD, HDD-related SCs such as SC860 and SC863 will occur frequently. Print the SC log data and check them. 5-147 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 622 20 to 30 seconds or more, the HDD may be the cause. If there is a problem with the HDD, HDD-related SCs such as SC860 and SC863 will occur frequently. Print the SC log data and check them. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-148...
  • Page 623 20 to 30 seconds or more, the HDD may be the cause. If there is a problem with the HDD, HDD-related SCs such as SC860 and SC863 will occur frequently. Print the SC log data and check them. 5-149 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 624 20 to 30 seconds or more, the HDD may be the cause. If there is a problem with the HDD, HDD-related SCs such as SC860 and SC863 will occur frequently. Print the SC log data and check them. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-150...
  • Page 625 20 to 30 seconds or more, the HDD may be the cause. If there is a problem with the HDD, HDD-related SCs such as SC860 and SC863 will occur frequently. Print the SC log data and check them. 5-151 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 626 20 to 30 seconds or more, the HDD may be the cause. If there is a problem with the HDD, HDD-related SCs such as SC860 and SC863 will occur frequently. Print the SC log data and check them. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-152...
  • Page 627 20 to 30 seconds or more, the HDD may be the cause. If there is a problem with the HDD, HDD-related SCs such as SC860 and SC863 will occur frequently. Print the SC log data and check them. 5-153 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 628 20 to 30 seconds or more, the HDD may be the cause. If there is a problem with the HDD, HDD-related SCs such as SC860 and SC863 will occur frequently. Print the SC log data and check them. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-154...
  • Page 629 20 to 30 seconds or more, the HDD may be the cause. If there is a problem with the HDD, HDD-related SCs such as SC860 and SC863 will occur frequently. Print the SC log data and check them. 5-155 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 630 20 to 30 seconds or more, the HDD may be the cause. If there is a problem with the HDD, HDD-related SCs such as SC860 and SC863 will occur frequently. Print the SC log data and check them. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-156...
  • Page 631 20 to 30 seconds or more, the HDD may be the cause. If there is a problem with the HDD, HDD-related SCs such as SC860 and SC863 will occur frequently. Print the SC log data and check them. 5-157 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 632 20 to 30 seconds or more, the HDD may be the cause. If there is a problem with the HDD, HDD-related SCs such as SC860 and SC863 will occur frequently. Print the SC log data and check them. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-158...
  • Page 633 During HDD operation, the HDD returned a CRC error. Bad sectors were generated during operation. SC864-01 (An error occurred in an area that does not belong to a partition, such as the disklabel area.) § Format the HDD. § Replace the HDD. 5-159 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 634 Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution HDD data CRC error During HDD operation, the HDD returned a CRC error. Bad sectors were generated during operation. SC864-04 (An error occurred in partition "c".) § Format the HDD. § Replace the HDD. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-160...
  • Page 635 Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution HDD data CRC error During HDD operation, the HDD returned a CRC error. Bad sectors were generated during operation. SC864-07 (An error occurred in partition "f".) § Format the HDD. § Replace the HDD. 5-161 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 636 Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution HDD data CRC error During HDD operation, the HDD returned a CRC error. Bad sectors were generated during operation. SC864-10 (An error occurred in partition "i".) § Format the HDD. § Replace the HDD. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-162...
  • Page 637 Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution HDD data CRC error During HDD operation, the HDD returned a CRC error. Bad sectors were generated during operation. SC864-13 (An error occurred in partition "l".) § Format the HDD. § Replace the HDD. 5-163 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 638 Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution HDD data CRC error During HDD operation, the HDD returned a CRC error. Bad sectors were generated during operation. SC864-16 (An error occurred in partition "o".) § Format the HDD. § Replace the HDD. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-164...
  • Page 639 Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution HDD data CRC error During HDD operation, the HDD returned a CRC error. Bad sectors were generated during operation. SC864-19 (An error occurred in partition "r".) § Format the HDD. § Replace the HDD. 5-165 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 640 Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution HDD data CRC error During HDD operation, the HDD returned a CRC error. Bad sectors were generated during operation. SC864-22 (An error occurred in partition "u".) § Format the HDD. § Replace the HDD. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-166...
  • Page 641 The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad SC865-01 sector) or SC864 (CRC error). (An error occurred in an area that does not belong to a partition, such as the disklabel area.) Replace the HDD. 5-167 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 642 Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution HDD access error During HDD operation, the HDD returned an error. The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad SC865-03 sector) or SC864 (CRC error). (An error occurred in partition "c".) Replace the HDD. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-168...
  • Page 643 Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution HDD access error During HDD operation, the HDD returned an error. The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad SC865-07 sector) or SC864 (CRC error). (An error occurred in partition "f".) Replace the HDD. 5-169 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 644 Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution HDD access error During HDD operation, the HDD returned an error. The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad SC865-10 sector) or SC864 (CRC error). (An error occurred in partition "i".) Replace the HDD. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-170...
  • Page 645 Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution HDD access error During HDD operation, the HDD returned an error. The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad SC865-13 sector) or SC864 (CRC error). (An error occurred in partition "l".) Replace the HDD. 5-171 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 646 Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution HDD access error During HDD operation, the HDD returned an error. The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad SC865-16 sector) or SC864 (CRC error). (An error occurred in partition "o".) Replace the HDD. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-172...
  • Page 647 Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution HDD access error During HDD operation, the HDD returned an error. The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad SC865-19 sector) or SC864 (CRC error). (An error occurred in partition "r".) Replace the HDD. 5-173 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 648 Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution HDD access error During HDD operation, the HDD returned an error. The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad SC865-22 sector) or SC864 (CRC error). (An error occurred in partition "u".) Replace the HDD. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-174...
  • Page 649 Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution SD card removed The SD card that starts an application was removed from the slot. SC867-00 The SD card that starts an application was removed from the slot (mount point of /mnt/sd0). Turn the main power off/on. 5-175 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 650 Replace the SD card. § Replace the controller board. * Do not format an SD card supplied with the main machine or sold as an option. You may only format SD cards used for Firmware Update by a Customer Engineer. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-176...
  • Page 651 Firmware Update by a Customer Engineer. SC No. Level Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution SD card access error The SD controller returned an error during operation. SC868-02 (Error occurred at the mount point of /mnt/sd1) § SD card defective § SD controller defective 5-177 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 652 SC870-04 to store delivery sender.) Address Book data error (Initialization: Failed to generate a file SC870-05 to store delivery destination.) Address Book data error (Initialization: Failed to generate a file SC870-06 to store information required for LDAP search.) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-178...
  • Page 653 Address Book data error (Search:Failed to obtain data from SC870-31 cache during LDAP search.) Address Book data error (Search:Failed to obtain data from SC870-32 cache while searching the WS-Scanner Address Book.) Address Book data error (Cache: failed to obtain data from SC870-41 cache.) 5-179 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 654 Address Book data error (Unable to obtain the on/off setting for SC870-60 administrator authentication (06A and later).) When an error related to the Address Book is detected during startup or operation. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-180...
  • Page 655 § Replace the HDD. When you do the above, the following information will be initialized. § Partly received partial mail messages. § Already-read statuses of POP3-received messages (All messages on the mail server are handled as new messages). 5-181 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 656 SC No. Level Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution Log Data Error 1 An error was detected in the handling of the log data at power on or during machine operation. SC876-01 Damaged log data file Initialize the HDD (SP5-832-004). D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-182...
  • Page 657 § Log encryption key is disabled but the log data file is SC876-04 encrypted. (NVRAM data corruption) § Log encryption key is enabled but the log data file is not encrypted. (NVRAM data corruption) Initialize the HDD (SP5-832-004). 5-183 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 658 With the configuration that caused the SC, initialize the HDD (SP5-832-004). SC No. Level Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution Log Data Error 99 An error was detected in the handling of the log data at power on or during machine operation. SC876-99 Other causes D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-184...
  • Page 659 System module was updated in an unauthorized manner. § USB flash is not working correctly. Replace the board. SC No. Level Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution USB Flash error USB Flash file system error SC878-01 USB Flash file system has been destroyed. Replace the controller board. 5-185 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 660 Necessary files missing from the TPM. Replace the controller board. SC No. Level Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution MLB error Reply to MLB access was not returned within a specified time. SC880-00 MLB defective § Replace the MLB. § Remove the MLB. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-186...
  • Page 661 Occurs when the validity of the operation unit is not observed. § Memory corruption of the operation panel software. § Invalid applications are listed in the operation panel. § Format the Operation panel through SP mode § Updating the firmware 5-187 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 662 Software performance error (signal reception end) Occurs when an internal program behaves abnormally. SC899-00 In case of a hardware defect § Replace the hardware. In case of a software error § Turn the main power off/on. § Try updating the firmware. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-188...

  • Page 663: Sc900 (Engine: Others)

    Machine serial number cannot be identified because of NV-RAM SC995-02 replacement or malfunctioning. machine serial number (11 digits) or machine identification code does not match. § Attach the NV-RAM that was installed previously. § Download data on the NV-RAM using SP5-825. 5-189 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 664 Comparison of machine serial number (11 digits) and machine identification code. SC995-04 machine serial number (11 digits) or machine identification code does not match. Return the parts to the original configuration, and then replace them according to the manual. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-190...

  • Page 665: Sc900 (Controller)

    Subject to external application (external controller) specification Turn the main power off/on. SC No. Level Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution External Controller Error 2 Notification from external application (external controller) SC911-00 Subject to external application (external controller) specification Turn the main power off/on. 5-191 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 666 Subject to external application (external controller) specification Turn the main power off/on. SC No. Level Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution External Controller Error 5 Notification from external application (external controller) SC914-00 Subject to external application (external controller) specification Turn the main power off/on. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-192...
  • Page 667 External controller and the machine had been operating correctly (*) but the external controller was turned off or rebooted, or the video bus was disconnected. * Printing or scanning using the external controller. Turn the main power off/on. 5-193 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 668 Turn the main power off/on. SC No. Level Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution Printer application error (Optional font not found) Optional font required by an emulation was not found at printer startup. SC921-01 Optional emulation font not found Turn the main power off/on. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-194...
  • Page 669 Approval by the customer is required because documents and Address Book information in the HDD will be lost. Received fax messages stored are protected but the order may be changed. § If this does not solve the problem, replace the HDD. 5-195 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 670 Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution Undefined SC issued. An SC, that is not controlled by the system, occurred. SC992-00 § An SC for the previous model was used mistakenly, etc. § Basically a software bug. Turn the main power off/on. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-196...
  • Page 671 The application selected by the operation panel key operated abnormally (No response, abnormal ending). Software bug (mainly the application) SC997-00 § Check the optional RAM, DIMM, boards required by the application program. § Check if the combination of downloaded programs are correct. 5-197 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 672 The optional RAM, DIMM, boards required by the application program. Are not installed correctly. § Turn the main power off/on. § Check the optional RAM, DIMM, boards § Check the combination of programs § Replace the controller board. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-198...

  • Page 673: Jam Detection

    § TOTAL: Indicates the total counter (SP7-502-001). § DATE: Indicates the date when the jam occurred. § The jam history of the 10 latest jams is displayed. § The first jam is not included in the history record. 5-199 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 674: Jam Codes And Display Codes

    Paper did not reach read inlet sensor Paper held up at read inlet sensor Paper did not reach registration sensor Paper held up at registration sensor Paper did not reach output sensor Paper held up at output sensor D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-200...
  • Page 675 Paper not fed from tray 1 Paper not fed from tray 2 Paper not supplied to bypass tray Duplex not fed Timing disappearance Only remaining paper position information displayed Paper did not reach first transport sensor Paper did not reach second transport sensor 5-201 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 676 Paper did not clear duplex outlet sensor Paper did not reach duplex inlet sensor Paper did not reach duplex inlet sensor & there is no paper in inversion sensor Paper did not clear duplex inlet sensor D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-202...
  • Page 677 3 There is paper in vertical transport sensor Paper not fed from tray 4 Paper did not reach vertical transport sensor 4 Paper did not clear vertical transport sensor 4 There is paper in vertical transport sensor 5-203 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 678 3 Paper did not clear vertical transport sensor 4 There is paper in vertical transport sensor There is paper in vertical transport sensor Paper not fed from tray 3 Paper did not reach vertical transport sensor 3 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-204...
  • Page 679 Paper did not reach inlet sensor R1-R2 Paper held up at inlet sensor R1-R2 Paper did not reach transport sensor R1-R2 Paper held at transport sensor R1-R2 Paper output unit R1-R2 Front jogger motor R1-R2 Rear jogger motor R1-R2 5-205 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 680 R1-R5 There is paper in shift output sensor R1-R5 Jam due to paper not reaching inlet sensor R1-R5 Jam due to paper held up at inlet sensor R1-R5 Jam due to paper not reaching horizontal R1-R5 transport sensor D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-206...
  • Page 681 Jam in lower claw motor R1-R5 Jam in jogger motor R1-R5 Jam in strike roller drive motor R1-R5 Jam in release motor R1-R5 Jam in edge binding stapler displacement R1-R5 motor Jam in edge binding stapler motor R1-R5 5-207 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 682 Jam due to paper not reaching inlet sensor R1-R5 Jam due to hold up at inlet sensor R1-R5 Jam due to paper not reaching horizontal R1-R5 transport sensor Jam due to paper held up at horizontal R1-R5 transport sensor D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-208...
  • Page 683 Jam in lower claw motor R1-R5 Jam in jogger motor R1-R5 Jam in strike roller drive motor R1-R5 Jam in release motor R1-R5 Jam in edge binding stapler displacement R1-R5 motor Jam in edge binding stapler motor R1-R5 5-209 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 684 Cause of jam Display code Paper did not reach inlet R1-R4 Paper held up at inlet R1-R4 Paper did not reach proof output R1-R4 Paper held up and prove output R1-R4 Paper did not reach intermediate transport R1-R4 right D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-210...
  • Page 685 Jam in output guide plate open/close R1-R4 motor Jam release motor R1-R4 Jam in tray ascent/descent motor R1-R4 Jam in strike roller motor R1-R4 Jam in stapler displacement motor R1-R4 Jam in stapler motor R1-R4 Jam in punch system motor R1-R4 5-211 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 686: Paper Size Code

    5.11.3 PAPER SIZE CODE Size Code Paper Size Size Code Paper Size A4 LEF B4 SEF A5 LEF B5 SEF B5 LEF DLT SEF LT LEF LG SEF HLT LEF LT SEF A3 SEF HLT SEF A4 SEF Others A5 SEF D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-212...

  • Page 687: Sensor Locations

    Jam Detection 5.11.4 SENSOR LOCATIONS 5-213 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 688: Electrical Component Defects

    11071216 CN917 (Interlock switch FBT 250V Installed on DC [IOB]) 10A(EM) power supply 11071216 CN917 (Interlock switch FBT 250V Installed on DC [IOB]) 10A(EM) power supply 11071216 CN913(FIN) FBT 250V Installed on DC CN914(BANK) 10A(EM) power supply D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-214...

  • Page 689: D146/D147

    Electrical Component Defects 5.12.2 D146/D147 Can be changed in Capacity Part number the field or not Name Output connector Voltage Part name Remarks 11071241 CN985 (Fusing center FU101 heater) Installed on AC TLC-15A-N4 CN986 (Fusing edge heater) control board 11071241...

  • Page 690: Fuse Position

    Electrical Component Defects 5.12.3 FUSE POSITION D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-216...
  • Page 691 Electrical Component Defects 5-217 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 692: Image Quality

    Image Quality 5.13 IMAGE QUALITY 5.13.1 WHEN AN ABNORMAL IMAGE IS GENERATED D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 5-218...

  • Page 693: Energy Save

    ENERGY SAVE R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY Pag e Date Ad d ed / Upd ated / New None...

  • Page 695: Energy Saver Modes

    Saver timer, the machine goes immediately to Off mode when the Auto Off timer expires. It skips the Energy Saver mode. Example § Low power: 15 min. § Auto Off: 1 min. § The machine goes to Off mode after 1 minute. Low Power mode is not used. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 696: Return To Stand-By Mode

    The recovery time depends on the model and the region. § 10 sec. or less (D148/D149/D150 only) Off/Sleep Mode Recovery time. § D146/D147: 5.6 sec. or less § D148: 6.2 sec. or less § D149/D150: 7.3 sec. or less Recommendation We recommend that the default settings should be kept.

  • Page 697: Energy Save Effectiveness

    At the end of the measurement period, read the values of SP8941 001 to 005 again. § Find the amount of time spent in each mode (subtract the earlier measurement from the later measurement). § Multiply this by the power consumption spec for each mode. § Convert the result to kWh (kilowatt hours) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 698: Paper Save

    Duplexing and the combine functions reduce the amount of paper used. This means that less energy overall is used for paper production, which improves the environment. 1. Duplex: Reduce paper volume in half! 2. Combine mode: Reduce paper volume in half! D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 699 The duplex counter counts pages that have images on both sides. § For one duplex page, the duplex counter goes up by 1. § For a duplex job of a three-page original, the duplex counter will only increase by 1, even though two sheets are used. § D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 700 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE SECTION...
  • Page 702 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. SERVICE PROGRAM MODE ............1-1 1.1 ENABLING AND DISABLING SERVICE PROGRAM MODE ....1-1 1.1.1 ENTERING SP MODE ..............1-1 1.1.2 EXITING SP MODE ................1-1 1.2 TYPES OF SP MODES ................1-2 1.2.1 SP MODE BUTTON SUMMARY ............
  • Page 703 7. UPDATING THE EXJS ..............7-1 7.1 TO UPDATE EXJS ..................7-1 7.2 WHEN CHECKING THE VERSION OF EXJS ........... 7-3 8. UPLOADING/DOWNLOADING NV-RAM DATA ......8-1 8.1 OUTLINE ....................8-1 8.2 UPLOAD TO SD CARD FROM NV-RAM........... 8-2 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 704 RFU UPDATING THE FIRMWARE ............ 10-1 11. CAPTURING THE DEBUG LOGS ..........11-1 11.1 OVERVIEW ..................11-1 11.1.1 SECURITY OF THE OPERATION LOG ........11-2 11.2 RETRIEVING THE DEBUG LOGS............. 11-3 11.2.1 PROCEDURE FOR RETRIEVING THE DEBUG LOG ....11-4 System Maintenance Section D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 706: Service Program Mode

    SERVICE PROGRAM MODE R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY Pag e Date Ad d ed / Upd ated / New None...

  • Page 708: Enabling And Disabling Service Program Mode

    In such case, product quality cannot be guaranteed any more. 1.1.1 ENTERING SP MODE For details, ask your supervisor. 1.1.2 EXITING SP MODE Press "Exit" on the LCD twice to return to the copy window. System Maintenance Section D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 709: Types Of Sp Modes

    SP mode. This section explains the functions of the System/Printer/Scanner SP modes. Refer to the Fax service manual for the Fax SP modes. 1.2.1 SP MODE BUTTON SUMMARY Here is a short summary of the touch-panel buttons. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 System Maintenance Section...

  • Page 710: Switching Between Sp Mode And Copy Mode For Test Printing

    Use the copy window (copier mode), to select the appropriate settings (paper size, etc.) for the test print. Press Start to start the test print. Press SP Mode (highlighted) to return to the SP mode screen and repeat from step 1. System Maintenance Section D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 711: Selecting The Program Number

    SP Mode (highlighted) in the copy window to return to the SP mode display. Press Exit two times to return to the copy window when you are finished. 1.2.4 EXITING SERVICE MODE Press the Exit key on the touch-panel. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 System Maintenance Section...

  • Page 712: Service Mode Lock/Unlock

    § Change SP5169 from "1" to "0". § Turn the machine off and on. Tell the administrator that you have completed servicing the machine. § The Administrator will then set the "Service Mode Lock" to ON. System Maintenance Section D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 713: Remarks

    [FC, K], [FC, Y], [FC, M], or [FC, C]: Black, Yellow, Magenta, or Cyan in full color mode S: Simplex Print Mode D: Duplex L: Low speed (73 mm/s) M: Middle speed (108 mm/s) Process Speed H: High speed (D146/D147: 146, D148: 186, D149/D150: 256 mm/s) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 714 SP mode shows on the screen using alphanumeric characters instead of only numbers. However, the settings in the bracket in the SP mode table are explained by using only the numbers. SSP: This denotes a "Special Service Program" mode setting. System Maintenance Section D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 715 [FC, K], [FC, Y], [FC, M], or [FC, C]: Black, Yellow, Magenta, or Cyan in full color mode S: Simplex Print Mode D: Duplex L: Low speed (73 mm/s) M: Middle speed (108 mm/s) Process Speed H: High speed (D146/D147: 146, D148: 186, D149/D150: 256 mm/s) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 System Maintenance Section...

  • Page 716: Others

    SP mode shows on the screen using alphanumeric characters instead of only numbers. However, the settings in the bracket in the SP mode table are explained by using only the numbers. SSP: This denotes a "Special Service Program" mode setting. System Maintenance Section D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 718: Sp Mode Tables

    SP MODE TABLES R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY P a ge D a t e A d de d /U pd at e d /N ew 7/10/2014 SP8801 Toner Remain 8/12/2014 Bit Switch 1001-011 bit 3...

  • Page 720: Service Table Key

    Denotes "Design or Factory Use". Do not change this value. The feature or item is for Japan only. Do not Japan only change this value. This denotes a "Special Service Program" mode. This denotes a "Factory Service Program" mode. System Maintenance Section D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 721: Main Sp Tables-6

    [-9.0 to 9.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step] 015 Duplex: Thin *ENG [-9.0 to 9.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step] 016 Duplex: Plain *ENG [-9.0 to 9.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step] 017 Duplex: Mid-thick *ENG [-9.0 to 9.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 System Maintenance Section...

  • Page 722: Main Sp Tables-1

    038 Duplex: Thick 1:1200 *ENG [-9.0 to 9.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step] 039 Duplex: Thick 2:1200 *ENG [-9.0 to 9.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step] 040 Duplex: Thick 3:1200 *ENG [-9.0 to 9.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step] System Maintenance Section D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 723 [-4.0 to 5.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step] 010 By-pass: Plain *ENG [-4.0 to 5.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step] 011 By-pass: Mid-thick *ENG [-4.0 to 5.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step] 012 By-pass:Thick1 *ENG [-4.0 to 5.0 / -1.0 / 0.1mm/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 724 [-4.0 to 5.0 / -1.5 / 0.1mm/step] 030 Duplex:Plain:1200 *ENG [-4.0 to 5.0 / -1.5 / 0.1mm/step] 031 Duplex: Mid-thick:1200 *ENG [-4.0 to 5.0 / -1.5 / 0.1mm/step] 032 Duplex:Thick1:1200 *ENG [-4.0 to 5.0 / -1.5 / 0.1mm/step] System Maintenance Section D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 725 If waiting time is short, side fence might star to move during setting paper. SC or malfunction or so will not occur. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 726 Side fence of one action bypass: enter value of rear sensor touched down (papers exist). [0.000 to 3.300 Sidefence R adj2 *ENG / 0.000 / 0.001V/step] Side fence of one action bypass: enter value of rear sensor free (paper doesn't exist). System Maintenance Section D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 727 Adjoining paper width threshold with side fence position sensor of one action bypass tray. [0.000 to 3.300 *ENG / 0.000 / 015 (C6/Envelope Youkei 2)_LEF/Monarch_LEF Th 0.001V/step] Adjoining paper width threshold with side fence position sensor of one action bypass tray. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 728 Adjoining paper width threshold with side fence position sensor of one action bypass tray. [0.000 to 3.300 *ENG / 0.000 / 021 SRA4_SEF/Envelope Youchou 3_LEF Threshold 0.001V/step] Adjoining paper width threshold with side fence position sensor of one action bypass tray. System Maintenance Section D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 729 Adjoining paper width threshold with side fence position sensor of one action bypass tray. [0.000 to 3.300 *ENG / 0.000 / 027 A3_SEF/12 x 18_SEF Threshold 0.001V/step] Adjoining paper width threshold with side fence position sensor of one action bypass tray. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-10 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 730 Main Scan Size Adj Result (0:Fail 1:Succeed) 1/step] Displays result of fine tuning side fence position sensor of one action bypass tray. [-1.6 to 3.0 / 034 Paper Press Amt Adj Value *ENG 0.0 / 0.1mm/step] System Maintenance Section 2-11 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 731 [0 to 200 / 0 / Pre-rotation Start Temp. *ENG 1deg/step] Do not change. Temperature for when to switch form no rotate heating to stand up heating. [0 to 190 / D146:123, D147:123, Reload Target Temp.:Center *ENG D148:141, D149:157, D150:157 / 1deg/step] Do not change.
  • Page 732 Main SP Tables-1 [0 to 200 / D146:120, D147:120, Reload Target Temp.:Press *ENG D148:150, D149:148, D150:148 / 1deg/step] Do not change. Reload permission target temperature: pressure [0 to 200 / D146:31, D147:31, Temp.:Delta:Cold:Center *ENG D148:33, D149:32, D150:32 / 1deg/step] Do not change. Difference value from reload permission target value: cold: center...
  • Page 733 Main SP Tables-1 [0.0 to 100.0 / D146: 4.9, D147: Forced Reload Time:Cold *ENG 4.9, D148: 5.0, D149: 6.1, D150: 6.1 / 0.1sec/step] Do not change. Force reload time when cold [0 to 200 / 5 / Temp.:Delta:Low Power:Center *ENG 1deg/step] Do not change.
  • Page 734 D149:90, D150:90 / 1deg/step] Do not change. Difference value from reload permission target value: hot: pressure [0.0 to 100.0 / D146: 4.9, D147: Forced Reload Time:Hot *ENG 4.9, D148: 5.0, D149: 6.1, D150: 6.1 / 0.1sec/step] Do not change. Force reload time when hot...
  • Page 735 *ENG D148:50, D149:61, D150:61 / Forced Reload Time:Cold:BW1/2 0.1sec/step] Do not change. Force reload time when cold BW [0 to 200 / D146: 115, D147: 115, *ENG D148: 125, D149: 127, D150: 127 / Reload Target Temp.:Center:Energy Saving 1deg/step] Do not change. Reload permission target temperature: center BW2...
  • Page 736 [0 to 200 / 5 / *ENG 152 Temp.:Delta:Low Temp.:End 1deg/step] Do not change. Reload permission temperature: difference: low temp: edge [0 to 200 / D146, D147:70, D148(NA, TW): 153 Temp.:Delta:Low Temp.:Press *ENG 40, D148(EU, AS, CHN, KOR): 35,...
  • Page 737 [0.0 to 100.0 / *ENG 60.0 / 154 Forced Reload Time:Low Temp. 0.1sec/step] Do not change. Force reload time when low temp. [0 to 200 / D146:31, D147:31, Temp.:Delta:Cold:Center:FIN-less/ADF-less *ENG D148:33, D149:32, D150:32 / 1deg/step] Do not change. Reload permission temperature: difference: cold center: No...
  • Page 738 Main SP Tables-1 [0.0 to 100.0 / D146:4.9, D147:4.9, *ENG D148:5.0, D149:6.1, D150:6.1 / Forced Reload Time:Cold:FIN-less/ADF-less 0.1sec/step] Do not change. Reload permission force reload time: cold: No FIN/No ADF [0 to 200 / D146:31, D147:31, Temp:Delta:Cold:Center:FIN-less/ADF-attached *ENG D148:33, D149:32,...
  • Page 739 [0 to 200 / 30 / 1deg/step] Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. upper diff from target temp. : edge [0 to 200 / D146, 147: 90, D148(NA, TW): 80, D148(EU, AS, CHN, KOR): 83, D149 and 005 Temp.:Lower Delta:Press...
  • Page 740 Temp.:Upper Delta:End:Sp.1 *ENG [0 to 200 / 30 / 1deg/step] Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. upper diff from target temp. : edge: special mode 1 [0 to 200 / D146:45, D147:45, Temp.:Lower *ENG D148:5, D149:5, D150:5 / Delta:Press:Sp.1 1deg/step] Do not change.
  • Page 741 Feed Permit Time *ENG [0 to 100 / 60 / 1sec/step] Do not change. Setting time between Before paper feed action form paper feed permission. [0 to 200 / D146:40, D147:40, Temp.:Lower Delta:Center *ENG D148:52, D149:40, D150:40 / 1deg/step] Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. lower diff from target temp. :...
  • Page 742 Temp.:Upper Delta:End *ENG [0 to 200 / 30 / 1deg/step] Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. upper diff from target temp. : edge [0 to 200 / D146:26, D147:26, Temp.:Lower Delta:Press *ENG D148:8, D149:17, D150:17 / 1deg/step] Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. lower diff from target temp. :...
  • Page 743 Main SP Tables-1 [0 to 200 / D146:11, D147:11, Temp.:Lower Delta:Press *ENG D148:5, D149:11, D150:11 / 1deg/step] Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. lower diff from target temp. : pressure [0 to 200 / D146:28, D147:28, Temp.:Lower Delta:Press...
  • Page 744 *ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1sec/step] Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. : before decision rotate time [0 to 2000 / D146(NA, TW): 1405, D146(EU, AS, CHN, KOR): 1515, D147(NA, TW): 1400, D147(EU, AS, CHN, KOR):1510, D148(NA,...
  • Page 745 Main SP Tables-1 [0 to 200 / D146, D147:77, D148: 71, D149:NA TW: 37, D149(EU, Temp.:Lower *ENG AS, CHN, KOR): 63, D150(NA, Delta:Press:Power A TW): 25, D150(EU, AS, CHN, KOR): 45 / 1deg/step] Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. lower diff from target temp. :...
  • Page 746 [0 to 200 / 30 / 1deg/step] Delta:End:Power B Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. upper diff from target temp. : edge: special mode 1 [0 to 200 / D146, D147:77, D148:71, D149(NA TW): 37, Temp.:Lower *ENG D149(EU, AS, CHN, KOR): 63,...
  • Page 747 Main SP Tables-1 [100 to 180 / D146:115, D147:115, Plain1:BW:Center *ENG D148:126, D149:142, D150:142 / 1deg/step] Paper through target temperature: Standard paper 1: BW: center Fusing malfunction might improve by setting value larger. Paper curl might improve by setting value smaller.
  • Page 748 Main SP Tables-1 [0 to 200 / D146:118, D147:118, Plain2:BW:Press *ENG D148:118, D149:120, D150:120 / 1deg/step] Do not change. paper through target temperature: Standard paper 2: BW: pressure [100 to 180 / D146:114, D147:114, Thin:FC:Center *ENG D148:116, D149:132, D150:132 /...
  • Page 749 Main SP Tables-1 [0 to 200 / D146:118, D147:118, M-thick:FC:Press *ENG D148:118, D149:140, D150:140 / 1deg/step] Do not change. paper through target temperature: middle thick paper: FC: pressure [100 to 180 / D146:135, D147:135, M-thick:BW:Center *ENG D148:141, D149:152, D150:152 /...
  • Page 750 Paper curl might improve by setting value smaller. Adjusting range is +/- 5 deg. celsius. Thick3:BW:Press *ENG [0 to 200 / 118 / 1deg/step] Do not change. paper through target temperature: thick paper 3: BW: pressure System Maintenance Section 2-31 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 751 Main SP Tables-1 [100 to 180 / D146:129, D147:129, Special1:FC:Center *ENG D148:131, D149:147, D150:147 / 1deg/step] Paper through target temperature: special paper 1: FC: center Fusing malfunction might improve by setting value larger. Paper curl might improve by setting value smaller.
  • Page 752 Main SP Tables-1 [0 to 200 / D146:118, D147:118, Special2:FC:Press *ENG D148:118, D149:143, D150:143 / 1deg/step] Do not change. paper through target temperature: special paper 2: FC: pressure [100 to 180 / D146:139, D147:139, Special2:BW:Center *ENG D148:141, D149:157, D150:157 /...
  • Page 753 Paper through target temperature: special paper 3: BW: center Fusing malfunction might improve by setting value larger. Paper curl might improve by setting value smaller. Adjusting range is +/- 5 deg. celsius. [0 to 200 / D146:118, D147:118, Special3:BW:Press *ENG D148:118, D149:140, D150:140 / 1deg/step] Do not change.
  • Page 754 *ENG [0 to 200 / 118 / 1deg/step] Speed Do not change. paper through target temperature: special paper 2: BW: pressure [100 to 180 / D146: 132, D147: 132, Special3:FC:Center:Middle *ENG D148: 151, D149: 151, D150: 151 / Speed 1deg/step]...
  • Page 755 *ENG [0 to 200 / 118 / 1deg/step] Speed Do not change. paper through target temperature: special paper 3: FC: pressure [100 to 180 / D146: 132, D147: 132, Special3:BW:Center:Middle *ENG D148: 151, D149: 151, D150: 151 / Speed 1deg/step] Paper through target temperature: special paper 3: BW: center Fusing malfunction might improve by setting value larger.
  • Page 756 Adjusting range is +/- 5 deg. celsius. M-thick:FC:Press:Low Speed *ENG [0 to 200 / 118 / 1deg/step] Do not change. paper through target temperature: middle thick paper: FC: pressure: low speed M-thick:BW:Center:Low *ENG [100 to 180 / 135 / 1deg/step] Speed System Maintenance Section 2-37 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 757 Thick paper 1: BW: center: low speed Fusing malfunction might improve by setting value larger. Paper curl might improve by setting value smaller. Adjusting range is +/- 5 deg. celsius. Special1:FC:Press:Low *ENG [0 to 200 / 118 / 1deg/step] Speed D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-38 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 758 Paper curl might improve by setting value smaller. Adjusting range is +/- 5 deg. celsius. Special2:BW:Press:Low *ENG [0 to 200 / 118 / 1deg/step] Speed Do not change. paper through target temperature: special paper 2: BW: pressure: low speed System Maintenance Section 2-39 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 759 Adjusting range is +/- 5 deg. celsius. OHP:Press *ENG [0 to 200 / 118 / 1deg/step] Do not change. paper through target temperature OHP: pressure 133 Envelop:Center:Low Speed *ENG [100 to 180 / 142 / 1deg/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-40 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 760 Adjusting range is +/- 5 deg. celsius. Thick4:FC:Press *ENG [0 to 200 / 118 / 1deg/step] Do not change. paper through target temperature: thick paper 4: FC: pressure 141 Thick4:BW:Center *ENG [100 to 180 / 147 / 1deg/step] System Maintenance Section 2-41 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 761 Paper through target temperature: special paper 1: BW: center: low speed Fusing malfunction might improve by setting value larger. Paper curl might improve by setting value smaller. Adjusting range is +/- 5 deg. celsius. Special3:BW:Press:Middle *ENG [0 to 200 / 118 / 1deg/step] Speed D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-42 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 762 Preheat2:Center *ENG [0 to 200 / 90 / 1deg/step] Do not change. Pre-heat 2 target temperature: pressure Low Power:Center *ENG [0 to 200 / 60 / 1deg/step] Do not change. Energy save target temperature: pressure System Maintenance Section 2-43 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 763 Main SP Tables-1 [100 to 180 / D146, D147: 128, D148(NA, TW): 141, D148(EU, AS, CHN, KOR): 131, D149, Print Ready:Center *ENG D150(NA, TW): 157, D149, D150(EU, AS, CHN, KOR): 147 / 1deg/step] Do not change. Prepare printing target temperature: fusing...
  • Page 764 Temp.: Threshold: High *ENG [0 to 100 / 30 / 1deg/step] Do not change. Threshold to decide high temp. environment [0 to 15 / D146:5, D147:5, D148:15, Low Temp. Correction *ENG D149:15, D150:15 / 1deg/step] Do not change. Correction temp. for stand up, standby when under low temp.
  • Page 765 1112 [Image Processing Temp. Correct] Temp.:Plain:Center:Level1/2 *ENG [-20 to 20 / 0 / 1deg/step] Do not change. Image process temperature correction: standard paper: Level 1 [-30 to 20 / D146:-7, D147:-7, Temp.:Plain:Center:Energy *ENG D148:-15, D149:-16, D150:-16 / Saving 1deg/step] Image process temperature correction: standard paper: Level 2 Fusing malfunction to standard paper, Bk monochrome images might improve by setting value larger.
  • Page 766 Main SP Tables-1 Permit [0 to 200 / D146:50, D147:50, Temp.:Delta:Press:M-humid:No *ENG D148:30, D149:30, D150:30 / Decurl 1deg/step] Do not change. Curl correction approve temperature: diff.: pressure: middle humidity: de-curler not went through Permit [0 to 200 / D146:40, D147:40, Temp.:Delta:Press:H-humid:No...
  • Page 767 Do not change. Applying area of heat accumulate amount FB control Time Out *ENG [0 to 500 / 10 / 1sec/step] Do not change. Time from start paper through to start temperature correct. [0 to 20000 / D146:3590, D147:3590, D148:2810, Delay:Standard Speed:FC:1 *ENG D149:2050, D150:2050 / 1msec/step] Do not change.
  • Page 768 *ENG D147:1320, D148:1040, D149:760, D150:760 / 1msec/step] Do not change. Time to get pressure temperature from F GATE standard peed: BW: 2 [0 to 200 / D146:70, D147:70, Press Reference Temp. *ENG D148:75, D149:75, D150:75 / 1deg/step] Do not change. Pressuring temperature to calculate correction value Temp.
  • Page 769 005 Temp.:Center:2:A3 *ENG [-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step] 006 Temp.:End:2:A3 *ENG [-30 to 30 /0 / 1deg/step] [0 to 300 / D146:60, D147:51 011 Control Time 1:DLT *ENG D148:40,D149:33, D150:30 / 1sec/step] [0 to 300 / D146:60, D147:51...
  • Page 770 *ENG [0 to 300 / 0 / 1sec/step] 053 Temp.:Center:1:A4 *ENG [-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step] [-30 to 30 / D146 and D147(NA, TW), D148, D149, D150( 054 Temp.:End:1:A4 *ENG ALL):21, D146, D147(EU, AS, CHN, KOR): 0 / 1deg/step]...
  • Page 771 *ENG [-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step] 066 Temp.:End:2:A3:M-thick *ENG [-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step] [0 to 300 / D146:60, D147:51, 071 Control Time 1:DLT:M-thick *ENG D148:40, D149:33, D150:30 / 1sec/step] [0 to 300 / D146:60, D147:51,...
  • Page 772 126 Temp.:End:2:12inch:M-thick *ENG [-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step] 131 Control Time 1:SRA3 *ENG [0 to 300 / 0 / 1sec/step] [0 to 300 / D146:6, D147:6, 132 Control Time 2:SRA3 *ENG D148:160, D149:132, D150:120 / 1sec/step] System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 773 Main SP Tables-1 [-30 to 30 / D146:25, D147: 25, 133 Temp.:Center:1:SRA3 *ENG D148: 20, D149: 20, D150: 20 / 1deg/step] 134 Temp.:End:1:SRA3 *ENG [-30 to 30 / 25 / 1deg/step] 135 Temp.:Center:2:SRA3 *ENG [-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step] 136 Temp.:End:2:SRA3...
  • Page 774 [-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step] 025 Temp.:Center:DLT:Thick *ENG [-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step] 026 Temp.:End:DLT:Thick *ENG [-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step] 027 Temp.:Center:SRA3:Thick *ENG [-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step] System Maintenance Section 2-55 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 775 Do not change. Rotation start temperature for equaling edge part heat after paper through (DLT<paper width<=A3, pressure edge part) *ENG [0 to 250 / 200 / 1deg/step] Do not change. Rotation start temperature for equaling edge part heat after paper through (B4<paper width<=DLT, pressure edge part) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-56 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 776 Main SP Tables-1 [0 to 250 / D146:185, D147:185, Overshoot Prevent Temp. *ENG D148:195, D149:200, D150:200 / 1deg/step] Do not change. Temperature to start avoid over heat Overshoot Prevent Time *ENG [0 to 100 / 10 / 1sec/step] Do not change. Time to continue avoid over heat End Temp.:After Job:B4...
  • Page 777 [0 to 250 / 160 / 1deg/step] Do not change. Rotation start temperature for equaling edge part after paper through: A6 *ENG [0 to 10000 / 10000 / 1sec/step] Do not change. Last job paper through time: FC: A3 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-58 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 778 Do not change. Last job paper through time: FC: DLT *ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1sec/step] Do not change. Equaling heat rotate time: FC: DLT [0 to 10000 / D146:235, D147:235, *ENG D148:50, D149:50, D150:50 / 1sec/step] Do not change. Last job paper through time: FC: B4...
  • Page 779 Main SP Tables-1 [0 to 10000 / D146:31, D147:31, *ENG D148:20, D149:20, D150:20 / 1sec/step] Do not change. Last job paper through time: FC: A5 *ENG [0 to 100 / 25 / 1sec/step] Do not change. Equaling heat rotate time: FC: A5...
  • Page 780 *ENG D148:10000, D149:10000, D150:10000 / 1sec/step] Do not change. Last job paper through time: Bk: LT [0 to 100 / D146:5, D147:5, D148:0, *ENG D149:0, D150:0 / 1sec/step] Do not change. Equaling heat rotate time: Bk: LT [0 to 10000 / D146:180, D147:180,...
  • Page 781 Main SP Tables-1 [0 to 10000 / D146:27, D147:27, *ENG D148:17, D149:17, D150:17 / 1sec/step] Do not change. Last job paper through time: Bk: B6 *ENG [0 to 100 / 20 / 1sec/step] Do not change. Equaling heat rotate time: Bk: B6...
  • Page 782 Do not change. Rotate when jammed setting: reverse rotate distance. [CPM Down Setting] 1124 Do not change. Temp. to judge COM is down/up. Diff. between target temp. [-50 to 0 / D146, D147(ALL) and D148, D149, D150(NA, TW):-12, 001 High:Down Temp. *ENG D148, D149, D150( EU, AS, CHN,...
  • Page 783 [100 to 250 / 215 / 1deg/step] Temp.:B4:Press End High:1st CPM Down *ENG [100 to 250 / 215 / 1deg/step] Temp.:LT:Fuser End High:2nd CPM Down *ENG [100 to 250 / 220 / 1deg/step] Temp.:LT:Fuser End D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-64 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 784 [100 to 250 / 220 / 1deg/step] Temp.:A4:Fuser End High:3rd CPM Down *ENG [100 to 250 / 225 / 1deg/step] Temp.:A4:Fuser End [100 to 250 / D146:205, D147:205, 024 High:1st CPM Down *ENG D148:210, D149:205, D150:205 / Temp.:B5:Press Center 1deg/step]...
  • Page 785 [0 to 10000 / 10000 / 1sec/step] Time:DLT High:3rd CPM Down *ENG [0 to 10000 / 10000 / 1sec/step] Time:DLT [0 to 10000 / D146:10000, 107 High:1st CPM Down Time:B4 *ENG D147:10000, D148:30, D149:30, D150:30 / 1sec/step] 108 High:2nd CPM Down Time:B4...
  • Page 786 *ENG [0 to 10000 / 10000 / 1sec/step] 124 High:3rd CPM Down Time:B6 *ENG [0 to 10000 / 10000 / 1sec/step] [0 to 10000 / D146:10000, 125 High:1st CPM Down Time:A6 *ENG D147:10000, D148:8, D149:8, D150:8 / 1sec/step] [0 to 10000 / D146:10000,...
  • Page 787 [0 to 10000 / 10000 / 1sec/step] Time:LT:Low Speed High:3rd CPM Down *ENG [0 to 10000 / 10000 / 1sec/step] Time:LT:Low Speed High:1st CPM Down *ENG [0 to 10000 / 10000 / 1sec/step] Time:A4:Low Speed D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-68 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 788 [0 to 10000 / 10000 / 1sec/step] Time:A5:Low Speed High:3rd CPM Down *ENG [0 to 10000 / 10000 / 1sec/step] Time:A5:Low Speed [0 to 10000 / D146:10000, High:1st CPM Down *ENG D147:10000, D148:20, D149:20, Time:B6:Low Speed D150:20 / 1sec/step] High:2nd CPM Down...
  • Page 789 High:2nd CPM:A3:Small *ENG [0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step] Size:Normal Speed High:3rd CPM:A3:Small *ENG [0 to 100 / 30 / 1%/step] Size:Normal Speed High:1st CPM:DLT:Large *ENG [0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step] Size:Normal Speed D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-70 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 790 *ENG [0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step] Size:Normal Speed High:3rd CPM:DLT:Small *ENG [0 to 100 / 30 / 1%/step] Size:Normal Speed [0 to 100 / D146:80, D147:80, High:1st CPM:B4:Large *ENG D148:93, D149:76, D150:70 / Size:Normal Speed 1%/step] High:2nd CPM:B4:Large...
  • Page 791 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step] Size:Normal Speed High:3rd CPM:A4:Small *ENG [0 to 100 / 30 / 1%/step] Size:Normal Speed [0 to 100 / D146:80, D147:80, High:1st CPM:B5:Large *ENG D148:93, D149:95, D150:90 / Size:Normal Speed 1%/step] [0 to 100 / D146:50, D147:50,...
  • Page 792 Main SP Tables-1 High:3rd CPM:B5:Small *ENG [0 to 100 / 30 / 1%/step] Size:Normal Speed [0 to 100 / D146:80, D147:94, High:1st CPM:A5:Normal *ENG D148:80, D149:82, D150:75 / Speed 1%/step] [0 to 100 / D146:50, D147:50, High:2nd CPM:A5:Normal *ENG D148:50, D149:60, D150:55 /...
  • Page 793 High:2nd CPM:B4:Large *ENG [0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step] Size:Middle Speed High:1st CPM:B4:Small *ENG [0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step] Size:Middle Speed High:2nd CPM:B4:Small *ENG [0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step] Size:Middle Speed D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-74 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 794 Size:Middle Speed High:1st CPM:A5:Middle *ENG [0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step] Speed High:2nd CPM:A5:Middle *ENG [0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step] Speed High:1st CPM:B6:Middle *ENG [0 to 100 / 60 / 1%/step] Speed System Maintenance Section 2-75 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 795 High:1st CPM:B4:Small *ENG [0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step] Size:Low Speed High:1st CPM:LT:Large *ENG [0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step] Size:Low Speed High:1st CPM:LT:Small *ENG [0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step] Size:Low Speed D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-76 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 796 237 High:1st CPM:A5:Low Speed *ENG [0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step] 240 High:1st CPM:B6:Low Speed *ENG [0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step] [0 to 100 / D146:80, D147:80, 243 High:1st CPM:A6:Low Speed *ENG D148:55, D149:55, D150:55 / 1%/step] High:1st CPM:SRA3:Large...
  • Page 797 Main SP Tables-1 [0 to 10000 / D146:100, D147:100, 011 Set TimeA: Div 1 D148:0, D149:0, D150:0 / 1msec/step] [0 to 10000 / D146:1500, 012 Set TimeA: Div 2 D147:1500, D148:0, D149:0, D150:0 / 1msec/step] [0 to 10000 / D146:2000,...
  • Page 798 1132 [Maximum Duty Switch] [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step] Control Method Switch *ENG 0: Fixed Duty 1: AutoOffstCtl Do not change. Switch between fixed duty and auto offset control of mix. lighting duty. System Maintenance Section 2-79 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 799 [0.0 to 350.0 / 0.0 / 0.1V/step] Do not change. Displays AC voltage detect result. 1134 [Effective Duty Adjustment] [0 or 1 / D146, D147(ALL) and D148, D149, D150(NA, TW): 0, D148, D149, D150(EU, AS, CHN, Control Method Switch *ENG...
  • Page 800 2 cycle a head of occurred time. Press Roller:End Det3 *ENG [-5 to 300 / 0 / 1deg/step] Display detailed conditions when SC occur. Displayed content is calculate temp.: edge: 2 cycle a head of occurred time. System Maintenance Section 2-81 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 801 [-12.8 to 12.7 / 0 / 0.1%/step] Do not change. Adjusts rotate speed of fusing depressure drive. Rotate speed[pps]= basis rotate speed[pps]+basis rotate speed[pps] x SP set value 1151 [Pressure Setting] 101 Pressure:Plain1/2 *ENG [0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-82 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 802 Do not change. Pressure setting welding pressure: special paper 1 Pressure:Special2:Middle *ENG [0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step] Speed Do not change. Pressure setting welding pressure: special paper 2 Pressure:Special3:Middle *ENG [0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step] Speed System Maintenance Section 2-83 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 803 Do not change. Pressure setting welding pressure: thin paper: low speed Pressure:Thick4 *ENG [0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step] Do not change. Pressure setting welding pressure: thick paper 4: 162 Pressure:Postcard *ENG [0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-84 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 804 Do not change. Operating line speed of abnormal sound check control Operation Time [0 to 240 / 60 / 1sec/step] Do not change. Operating time of abnormal sound check control 005 Heat Center Target Temp [100 to 180 / 130 / 1deg/step] System Maintenance Section 2-85 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 805 Do not change. Switches Over heat prevent mode. *ENG [0 to 250 / 50 / 10msec/step] Do not change. Heater On timing of start rotate/stop control [0 to 250 / D146:185, D147:185, Overshoot Prevent Temp.:SC *ENG D148:195, D149:200, D150:200 / 1deg/step] Do not change.
  • Page 806 [Overshoot Prevent Control] 1157 Do not change. Over shoot prevent control. Decision Time *ENG [0 to 100 / 5 / 1sec/step] Off sleep shift time [0 to 250 / D146:185, D147:185, Decision Temp. *ENG D148:195, D149:200, D150:200 / 1deg/step] Judge temperature *ENG...
  • Page 807 Main SP Tables-1 1162 [Shading Position Temp: 12inch: 1] [0 to 250 / D146:155, D147:155, Shading Position Temp: D148:170, D149:170, D150:170 / 12inch: 1 1deg/step] Do not change. No 1 position (small shade) Transitions temperature of 12inch [0 to 250 / D146:165, D147:165,...
  • Page 808 Main SP Tables-1 [0 to 250 / D146:160, D147:160, Shading Position Temp: DLT: D148:140, D149:140, D150:140 / 1deg/step] Do not change. No 2 position (middle shade) Transitions temperature of DLT [0 to 250 / D146:170, D147:170, Shading Position Temp: DLT:...
  • Page 809 Shading Position Temp: A5: 3 [0 to 250 / 250 / 1deg/step] Do not change. No 3 position (large shade) Transitions temperature of A5 [0 to 250 / D146:165, D147:165, Shading Position Temp: B6: 1 D148:250, D149:250, D150:250 / 1deg/step] Do not change.
  • Page 810 Main SP Tables-1 [0 to 250 / D146:165, D147:165, Shading Position Temp: D148:250, D149:250, D150:250 / DLEnv: 1 1deg/step] Do not change. No 1 position (small shade) Transitions temperature of DLEnv [0 to 250 / D146:165, D147:165, Shading Position Temp:...
  • Page 811 Main SP Tables-1 [0 to 250 / D146:165, D147:165, Shading Position Temp: D148:250, D149:250, D150:250 / Postcard: 2 1deg/step] Do not change. No 2 position (middle shade) Transitions temperature of post card [0 to 250 / D146:165, D147:165, Shading Position Temp:...
  • Page 812 Main SP Tables-1 [0 to 250 / D146:180, D147:180, Shading Position Temp: A3: 4 D148:200, D149:200, D150:200 / 1deg/step] Do not change. No 4 position (small shade) Transitions temperature of A3 [0 to 250 / D146:185, D147:185, Shading Position Temp: A3: 5...
  • Page 813 Main SP Tables-1 Do not change. No 6 position (small shade) Transitions temperature of DLT [0 to 250 / D146:195, D147:195, Shading Position Temp: DLT: D148:190, D149:190, D150:190 / 1deg/step] Do not change. No 7 position (small shade) Transitions temperature of DLT...
  • Page 814 Shading Position Temp: B5: 7 [0 to 250 / 250 / 1deg/step] Do not change. No 7 position (large shade) Transitions temperature of B5 071 Shading Position Temp: B5: 8 [0 to 250 / 250 / 1deg/step] System Maintenance Section 2-95 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 815 Shading Position Temp: A5: 8 [0 to 250 / 250 / 1deg/step] Do not change. No 8 position (small shade) Transitions temperature of A5 [0 to 250 / D146:165, D147:165, Shading Position Temp: B6: 4 D148:250, D149:250, D150:250 / 1deg/step] Do not change.
  • Page 816 Main SP Tables-1 [0 to 250 / D146:165, D147:165, Shading Position Temp: B6: 8 D148:250, D149:250, D150:250 / 1deg/step] Do not change. No 8 position (small shade) Transitions temperature of B6 [0 to 250 / D146:165, D147:165, Shading Position Temp:...
  • Page 817 Main SP Tables-1 Do not change. No 5 position (small shade) Transitions temperature of com10 [0 to 250 / D146:165, D147:165, Shading Position Temp: D148:250, D149:250, D150:250 / COM10: 6 1deg/step] Do not change. No 6 position (small shade) Transitions temperature of com10...
  • Page 818 Main SP Tables-1 Do not change. No 7 position (small shade) Transitions temperature of post card [0 to 250 / D146:165, D147:165, Shading Position Temp: D148:250, D149:250, D150:250 / Postcard: 8 1deg/step] Do not change. No 8 position (small shade) Transitions temperature of post...
  • Page 819 Clear Do not change. Temperature threshold to return A5 position to HP Shading Position Temp: B6: [0 to 250 / 0 / 1deg/step] Clear Do not change. Temperature threshold to return A6 position to HP D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-100 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 820 [0 to 250 / 0 / 1deg/step] SRA3: Clear Do not change. Temperature threshold to return SRA3 position to HP 1163 [Shading Plate Control] [0 to 10000 / D146:14, D147:14, Shading Position Time: D148:8, D149:8, D150:8 / 12inch: 1 1sec/step] Do not change.
  • Page 821 Shading Position Time: A3: 3 [0 to 10000 / 10000 / 1sec/step] Do not change. No 3 position (large shade) Transitions time of A3 [0 to 10000 / D146:10000, Shading Position Time: DLT: 1 D147:10000, D148:10, D149:10, D150:10 / 1sec/step] Do not change.
  • Page 822 Shading Position Time: A5: 3 [0 to 10000 / 10000 / 1sec/step] Do not change. No 3 position (large shade) Transitions time of A5 [0 to 10000 / D146:5, D147:5, Shading Position Time: B6: 1 D148:10000, D149:10000, D150:10000 / 1sec/step] Do not change.
  • Page 823 Shading Position Time: [0 to 10000 / 10000 / 1sec/step] DLEnv: 3 Do not change. No 3 position (large shade) Transitions time of DLEnv [0 to 10000 / D146:5, D147:5, Shading Position Time: D148:10000, D149:10000, COM10: 1 D150:10000 / 1sec/step] Do not change.
  • Page 824 Do not change. No 4 position (small shade) Transitions time of DLT Shading Position Time: DLT: 5 [0 to 10000 / 10000 / 1sec/step] Do not change. No 5 position (small shade) Transitions time of DLT System Maintenance Section 2-105 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 825 Do not change. No 7 position (small shade) Transitions time of LT Shading Position Time: LT: 8 [0 to 10000 / 10000 / 1sec/step] Do not change. No 8 position (small shade) Transitions time of LT D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-106 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 826 Do not change. No 5 position (small shade) Transitions time of A5 Shading Position Time: A5: 6 [0 to 10000 / 10000 / 1sec/step] Do not change. No 6 position (small shade) Transitions time of A5 System Maintenance Section 2-107 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 827 Do not change. No 6 position (small shade) Transitions time of DLEnv Shading Position Time: [0 to 10000 / 10000 / 1sec/step] DLEnv: 7 Do not change. No 7 position (small shade) Transitions time of DLEnv D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-108 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 828 Shading Position Time: [0 to 10000 / 10000 / 1sec/step] Postcard: 6 Do not change. No 6 position (small shade) Transitions time of post card Shading Position Time: [0 to 10000 / 10000 / 1sec/step] Postcard: 7 System Maintenance Section 2-109 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 829 Do not change. No 7 position (small shade) Transitions time of 12inch Shading Position Time: SRA3: [0 to 10000 / 10000 / 1sec/step] Do not change. No 8 position (small shade) Transitions time of 12inch D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-110 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 830 Main SP Tables-1 1164 [Shading Plate Control] [0 to 1000 / D146:37, D147:37, Shading Position: 12inch: 1 D148:90, D149:90, D150:90 / 1pluse/step] Do not change. No 1 position (small shade) of 12inch [0 to 1000 / D146:77, D147:77, Shading Position: 12inch: 2...
  • Page 831 Main SP Tables-1 [0 to 1000 / D146:127, D147:127, Shading Position: DLT: 2 D148:140, D149:140, D150:140 / 1pluse/step] Do not change. No 2 position (middle shade) of DLT [0 to 1000 / D146:177, D147:177, Shading Position: DLT: 3 D148:170, D149:170, D150:170 / 1pluse/step] Do not change.
  • Page 832 Do not change. No 2 position (middle shade) of A5 Shading Position: A5: 3 [0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step] Do not change. No 3 position (large shade) of A5 [0 to 1000 / D146:320, D147:320, Shading Position: B6: 1 D148:0, D149:0, D150:0 / 1pluse/step] Do not change.
  • Page 833 Main SP Tables-1 [0 to 1000 / D146:320, D147:320, Shading Position: DLEnv: 1 D148:0, D149:0, D150:0 / 1pluse/step] Do not change. No 1 position (small shade) of DLEnv [0 to 1000 / D146:320, D147:320, Shading Position: DLEnv: 2 D148:0, D149:0, D150:0 / 1pluse/step] Do not change.
  • Page 834 Main SP Tables-1 Do not change. No 2 position (middle shade) of post card [0 to 1000 / D146:320, D147:320, Shading Position: Postcard: 3 D148:0, D149:0, D150:0 / 1pluse/step] Do not change. No 3 position (large shade) of post card...
  • Page 835 Main SP Tables-1 [0 to 1000 / D146:177, D147:177, Shading Position: A3: 5 D148:210, D149:210, D150:210 / 1pluse/step] Do not change. No 5 position (small shade) of A3 [0 to 1000 / D146:177, D147:177, Shading Position: A3: 6 D148:240, D149:240, D150:240 / 1pluse/step] Do not change.
  • Page 836 Main SP Tables-1 Do not change. No 7 position (small shade) of DLT [0 to 1000 / D146:177, D147:177, Shading Position: DLT: 8 D148:320, D149:320, D150:320 / 1pluse/step] Do not change. No 8 position (small shade) of DLT [0 to 1000 / D146:177, D147:177,...
  • Page 837 Do not change. No 7 position (small shade) of B5 Shading Position: B5: 8 [0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step] Do not change. No 8 position (small shade) of B5 072 Shading Position: A5: 4 [0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-118 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 838 Do not change. No 7 position (small shade) of A5 Shading Position: A5: 8 [0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step] Do not change. No 8 position (small shade) of A5 [0 to 1000 / D146:320, D147:320, Shading Position: B6: 4 D148:0, D149:0, D150:0 / 1pluse/step] Do not change.
  • Page 839 Main SP Tables-1 [0 to 1000 / D146:320, D147:320, Shading Position: DLEnv: 4 D148:0, D149:0, D150:0 / 1pluse/step] Do not change. No 4 position (small shade) of DLEnv [0 to 1000 / D146:320, D147:320, Shading Position: DLEnv: 5 D148:0, D149:0, D150:0 / 1pluse/step] Do not change.
  • Page 840 Main SP Tables-1 Do not change. No 6 position (small shade) of com10 [0 to 1000 / D146:320, D147:320, Shading Position: COM10: 7 D148:0, D149:0, D150:0 / 1pluse/step] Do not change. No 7 position (small shade) of com10 [0 to 1000 / D146:320, D147:320,...
  • Page 841 Do not change. Execute shading plate control. Continuous Error Times *ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step] Do not change. Count of continuously judged as abnormal [MBD-CPM Down Setting] 1166 Do not change. Over heat prevent when continuously feeding paper. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-122 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 842 [0 to 500 / 350 / 1deg/step] 034 1st CPM:MBD *ENG [0 to 100 / 85 / 1%/step] 035 2nd CPM:MBD *ENG [0 to 100 / 75 / 1%/step] 036 3rd CPM:MBD *ENG [0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step] System Maintenance Section 2-123 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 843 [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step] 004 Tray4 [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step] 005 LCT [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step] 006 Bypass Tray [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-124 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 844 [-2.0 to 2.0 / 1.2 / 0.1%/step] Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination, image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are Metis-C1c: 108mm/s, Metis-C1d: 108mm/s, Metis-C1e: 108mm/s System Maintenance Section 2-125 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 845 Feed CW:Thick 1:Low *ENG [-2.0 to 2.0 / 1.2 / 0.1%/step] Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination, image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are Metis-C1a: 73mm/s, Metis-C1b: 73mm/s D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-126 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 846 [-2.0 to 2.0 / 1.1 / 0.1%/step] Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination, image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are Metis-C1a: 146mm/s, Metis-C1b: 146mm/s, Metis-C1c: 186mm/s, Metis-C1d: 256mm/s, Metis-C1e: 256mm/s System Maintenance Section 2-127 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 847 [-2.0 to 2.0 / 0.3 / 0.1%/step] Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination, image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are Metis-C1a: 146mm/s, Metis-C1b: 146mm/s, Metis-C1c: 186mm/s, Metis-C1d: 256mm/s, Metis-C1e: 256mm/s D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-128 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 848 Reflect adjusted value as they are Metis-C1 all: 73mm/s Exit CCW:Plain:Low *ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / -0.8 / 0.1%/step] Prevents coat strips, waving, image sore. Reflects adjusted value as they are. All: 73mm/s, 1200dpi mode System Maintenance Section 2-129 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 849 Prevents coat strips, waving, image sore. Reflect adjusted value as they are Metis-C1 all: 73mm/s Reverse CW:Plain:Low *ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.7 / 0.1%/step] Prevents coat strips, waving, image sore. Reflects adjusted value as they are. All: 73mm/s, 1200dpi mode D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-130 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 850 Prevents coat strips, waving, image sore. Reflect adjusted value as they are Metis-C1 all: 73mm/s Reverse CCW:Plain:Low *ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / -0.8 / 0.1%/step] Prevents coat strips, waving, image sore. Reflects adjusted value as they are. All: 73mm/s, 1200dpi mode System Maintenance Section 2-131 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 851 [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.7 / 0.1%/step] Prevents coat strips, waving, image sore. Reflects adjusted value as they are. All: 73mm/s, 1200dpi mode 058 Duplex Enter CW:Plain:Std *ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.7 / 0.1%/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-132 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 852 [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.7 / 0.1%/step] Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination, image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are Metis-C1a: 146mm/s, Metis-C1b: 146mm/s, Metis-C1c: 186mm/s, Metis-C1d: 256mm/s, Metis-C1e: 256mm/s System Maintenance Section 2-133 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 853 [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.9 / 0.1%/step] Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination, image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are Metis-C1a: 146mm/s, Metis-C1b: 146mm/s, Metis-C1c: 186mm/s, Metis-C1d: 256mm/s, Metis-C1e: 256mm/s D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-134 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 854 Duplex CCW:Thick4:Low *ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.9 / 0.1%/step] Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination, image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are Metis-C1 all: 73mm/s System Maintenance Section 2-135 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 855 *ENG [-40 to 40 / 0 / 1step/step] Sets offset amount of fine tuning drum motor speed C6003/C5503/C4503/C3503/C3003: 73mm/sec ColorOpcMot:Standard *ENG [-40 to 40 / 0 / 1step] Fine tunes motor speed C6003/C5503: 256mm/sec C4503: 186mm/sec C3503/C3003: 146mm/sec D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-136 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 856 C6003/C5503: 256mm/sec C4503: 186mm/sec C3503/C3003: 146mm/sec [-20.0 to 20.0 / -4.6 / ColorDevMot:Mid *ENG 0.1%/step] Fine tunes motor speed C6003/C5503/C4503: 108mm/sec C3503/C3003: N/A [-20.0 to 20.0 / -4.6 / ColorDevMot:Low *ENG 0.1%/step] Fine tunes motor speed C6003/C5503/C4503/C3503/C3003: 73mm/sec System Maintenance Section 2-137 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 857 C6003/C5503: 256mm/sec C4503: 186mm/sec C3503/C3003: 146mm/sec [-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.20 / OPCTransferMot:Mid *ENG 0.01%/step] Fine tunes motor speed C6003/C5503/C4503: 108mm/sec C3503/C3003: N/A [-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.20 / OPCTransferMot:Low *ENG 0.01%/step] Fine tunes motor speed C6003/C5503/C4503/C3503/C3003: 73mm/sec D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-138 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 858 Result *ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step] Displays execution result of drum phase match [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step] Auto Execution *ENG 0:Off 1:On Selects ON/OFF of drum phase matching control. System Maintenance Section 2-139 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 859 Displays amplitude value of BIT1 control check *ENG [0.0 to 100.0 / 0 / 0.1um/step] Displays amplitude value of BIT1 control check Bk Offset Amp *ENG [-300.0 to 300.0 / 0.0 / 0.1um/step] Off set amplitude of BIT1 control D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-140 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 860 Side effect might occur such as paper feed starts before finish setting paper if waiting time is set shot. System Maintenance Section 2-141 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 861 *ENG 007 Paper Exit Cooling Fan *ENG 011 Electrical Cooling Fan *ENG 1952 [Fan Control Off Mode Time Set] *ENG [0 to 60 / 10 / 1min./step] Sets off mode time till start fan control. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-142 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 862 [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] Extra Fan Cooling State *ENG 0: Disable 1: Enable Displays current fan extend operation [0.0 to 100.0 / D146:42.0, *ENG D147:42.0, D148:39.0, D149:39.0, 002 Execution Temp. Threshold D150:39.0 / 0.1deg/step] Sets judge time for to start fan extend operation.
  • Page 863 [0 to 100 / 40 / 1%/step] DUTY Sets working duty when running ozone fan high speed. Paper Exit Cooling Fan Op *ENG [0 to 900 / 300 / 1sec/step] Start Time Sets start operation time of paper exit cooling fan. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-144 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 864 Control Off Mode Time Sets off mode time till start paper exit cooling fan. Electrical Cooling Fan Control *ENG [0 to 60 / 10 / 1min./step] Off Mode Time Sets off mode time till electric system cooling fan. System Maintenance Section 2-145 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

  • Page 865: Main Sp Tables-2-1

    001 Standard Speed: K *ENG [0 to 2000 / 650 / 10-V/step] 002 Standard Speed: C *ENG [0 to 2000 / D146: 1300, D147: 003 Standard Speed: M *ENG 1300, D148: 650, D149: 650, D150: 650 / 10-V/step] 004 Standard Speed: Y...
  • Page 866 *ENG [0 to 2000 / 0 / 1/step] 023 Correction Coefficient b: C *ENG [0 to 2000 / D146: 20, D147: 20, 024 Correction Coefficient b: M *ENG D148: 0, D149: 0, D150: 0 / 1/step] 025 Correction Coefficient b: Y...
  • Page 867 *ENG [0 to 2000 / 0 / 1/step] Correction Coefficient b: Fixed *ENG Correction Coefficient b: Fixed [0 to 2000 / D146: 20, D147: 20, *ENG D148: 0, D149: 0, D150: 0 / 1/step] Correction Coefficient b: Fixed *ENG Correction Coefficient c: Fixed...
  • Page 868 093 Correction Coefficient Ch *ENG [-125 to 125 / 0 / 1-V/step] 094 Correction Coefficient Ci *ENG 095 Correction Coefficient Cj *ENG 096 Correction Coefficient Ck *ENG 097 Correction Coefficient Cl *ENG 098 Correction Coefficient Cm *ENG System Maintenance Section 2-149 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 869 *ENG [-125 to 125 / 0 / 1-V/step] 121 Correction Coefficient Mk *ENG 122 Correction Coefficient Ml *ENG 123 Correction Coefficient Mm *ENG 124 Correction Coefficient Mn *ENG [-125 to 125 / 0 / 1-V/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-150 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 870 [-125 to 125 / 0 / 1-V/step] 145 Correction Coefficient Yj *ENG 146 Correction Coefficient Yk *ENG 147 Correction Coefficient Yl *ENG 148 Correction Coefficient Ym *ENG 149 Correction Coefficient Yn *ENG 150 Correction Coefficient Yo *ENG System Maintenance Section 2-151 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 871 005 Middle Speed: K *ENG [0.00 to 3.00 / 2.20 / 0.01kV/step] 006 Middle Speed: C *ENG 007 Middle Speed: M *ENG 008 Middle Speed: Y *ENG 009 Low Speed: K *ENG 010 Low Speed: C *ENG D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-152 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 872 *ENG [Charge AC Current: LL] 2007 AC ampere target value when Electrify AC. 001 Environmental Target: Bk *ENG [0.00 to 3.00 / D146: 0.88, D147: 002 Environmental Target: C *ENG 0.88, D148: 1.19, D149: 1.65, 003 Environmental Target: M *ENG D150: 1.65 / 0.01mA/step]...
  • Page 873 *ENG [Charge AC Current: HH] 2011 AC ampere target value when Electrify AC. 001 Environmental Target: Bk *ENG [0.00 to 3.00 / D146: 0.92, D147: 002 Environmental Target: C *ENG 0.92, D148: 1.30, D149: 1.73, 003 Environmental Target: M *ENG D150: 1.73 / 0.01mA/step]...
  • Page 874 Electrify AC of latest main & subs monochrome Bk mode. Temp Bk.: Display *ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1deg/step] Temperature detected by the temperature / humidity sensor when controlling Electrify AC of latest main & subs monochrome Bk mode. System Maintenance Section 2-155 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 875 [0 to 99 / 50 / 1%RH/step] Threshold of relative humidity conditions to do sub adjustments. Absolute Humidity *ENG [0 to 99 / 12 / 1g/m^3/step] Threshold of absolute Temperature conditions to do sub adjustments. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-156 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 876 Threshold of time stopping photoreceptor continuously for main adjust. 0: Do not. AC Current Error Detection *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] Flag to decide whether to adjust AC when SC491 is detected. System Maintenance Section 2-157 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 877 *ENG [0.00 to 1.00 / 0.06 / 0.01/step] Coefficient a, K for calculating Electrify roller fatigue. Coefficient a: C *ENG [0.00 to 1.00 / 0.06 / 0.01/step] Coefficient a, C for calculating Electrify roller fatigue. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-158 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 878 [0 to 90 / 10 / 10V/step] Electric potential correction amount 1 against Electrify roller fatigue amount, K Setting1:C *ENG [0 to 90 / 10 / 10V/step] Electric potential correction amount 1 against Electrify roller fatigue amount, C System Maintenance Section 2-159 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 879 [0 to 90 / 40 / 5V/step] Electric potential correction amount 4 against Electrify roller fatigue amount, C Setting4:M *ENG [0 to 90 / 40 / 5V/step] Electric potential correction amount 4 against Electrify roller fatigue amount, M D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-160 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 880 [-90 to 90 / 2 / 1V/step] Electric potential correction amount 6 Y, against Electrify roller total rotating time. Display:Energized:K *ENG [0 to 90 / 0 / 1V/step] Voltage correction value K, from Electrify roller fatigue. System Maintenance Section 2-161 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 881 [1 to 99 / 15 / 1/step] Coefficient K, for setting electric potential to multiple steps from total electrification time. [1 to 99 / D146: 15, D147: 15, Split Number n: C *ENG D148: 15, D149: 13, D150: 10 /...
  • Page 882 Main SP Tables-2-1 [1 to 99 / D146: 15, D147: 15, Split Number n: Y *ENG D148: 15, D149: 13, D150: 10 / 1/step] Coefficient Y, for setting electric potential to multiple steps from total electrification time. Display:Energized for target...
  • Page 883 Threshold 2 K, against Electrify roller fatigue amount. Threshold2:C *ENG [0 to 4000 / 70 / 1/step] Threshold 2 C, against Electrify roller fatigue amount. Threshold2:M *ENG [0 to 4000 / 70 / 1/step] Threshold 2 M, against Electrify roller fatigue amount. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-164 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 884 *ENG [1 to 12 / 1 / 1month/step] Bk:Month Calculation time of last correction: Month, K. Prev Correction Calculation *ENG [1 to 31 / 1 / 1day/step] Bk:Day Calculation time of last correction: Day, K. System Maintenance Section 2-165 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 885 Value increase: image shifts to right facing the paper. § Value decrease: image shifts to left facing the paper. CMY colors can be adjusted to BK color position if execute MUSIC after operating this SP. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-166 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 886 Value increase: image shifts to downer facing the paper. § Value decrease: image shifts to upper facing the paper. By operating this SP, sub scan position can be changed, but if MUSIC is executed, automatically will be adjusted to BK position. System Maintenance Section 2-167 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 887 005 Main Mag.: Middle Speed: Ma *ENG 006 Main Mag.: Low Speed: Ma *ENG [-2.000 to 2.000 / 0.000 / 0.001%/step] Main Mag.: Standard Speed: *ENG 008 Main Mag.: Middle Speed: Cy *ENG 009 Main Mag.: Low Speed: Cy *ENG D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-168 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 888 Adjusts main scan beam pitch against BK color LD1 Only for factory adjust. [0.00 to 100.00 / 36.44 / Bk: 1 *ENG 0.01dot/step] Adjusts main scan beam pitch against BK color LD1 Only for factory adjust. System Maintenance Section 2-169 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 889 Adjusts main scan beam pitch against M color LD1 Only for factory adjust. [0.00 to 100.00 / 12.15 / Ye: 1 *ENG 0.01dot/step] Adjusts main scan beam pitch against Y color LD1 Only for factory adjust. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-170 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 890 When printing, follow margin set with application. Right *ENG [0.0 to 9.0 / 2.0 / 0.1mm/step] Adjusts trimming for sub scan right edge. § Value increase: Trim wider. § Value decrease: Trim narrower. When printing, follow margin set with application. System Maintenance Section 2-171 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 891 With this, waiting time will be shorter. Job End *ENG [0.0 to 60.0 / 0.1 / 0.1sec/step] Sets post-rotating time for polygon motor. Polygon motor will post-rotate after printing. If a print order come during post-rotation, printing will start faster. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-172 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 892 22 Two Beam Density Pattern 11 Independent Pattern (1dot) 23 Full Dot Pattern [1 to 4 / 1 / 1/step] 1: All Color Color Selection 2: Ma 3: Ye 4: Cy Selects output color for writing test pattern. System Maintenance Section 2-173 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 893 LD Driver error flag Ma color (For only model D148/D149/D150. Abxyz models does not use) [0x0000 to 0xFFFF / 0x0000 / Error Cy *ENG 1/step] LD Driver error flag Cy color (For only model D148/D149/D150. Abxyz models does not use) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-174 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 894 [0 to 999 / 0 / 1/step] Shows test results for Image transfer belt / TMP sensor test mode, with 3bits / in the order of [Front][Center][Rear]. 020 Threshold Setting *ENG [0.00 to 3.50 / 1.90 / 0.01V/step] System Maintenance Section 2-175 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 895 [0 or 1 / - / -] M: skew adjust: execute Execute: C [0 or 1 / - / -] C: skew adjust: execute Execute: Y [0 or 1 / - / -] Y: skew adjust: execute D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-176 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 896 Saves / Refreshes PWM setting value of TMP sensor [Front] to this setting value when Vsg adjustment is done. From then on, PWM setting value will be this setting value during belt check. When Vsg adjust fails, saving / refreshing will not be done to this setting System Maintenance Section 2-177 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 897 SP from result of Image transfer belt / TMP sensor check mode. Average: Rear *ENG [0.00 to 5.50 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step] Saves / Refreshes TMP sensor [Rear] detecting result average data to this SP from result of Image transfer belt / TMP sensor check mode. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-178 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 898 With the image transfer belt / TMP sensor check mode result, take average of each 10 sampling data from TMP sensors [Rear] detecting result data, and from of all sampling data, save / refresh this SP with the min. value. System Maintenance Section 2-179 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 899 [0.00 to 5.50 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step] Saves/ refreshes this SP with the min. value of all sampling data form TMP sensor [Rear] detecting result data by image transfer belt / TMP sensor check mode result. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-180 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 900 Value decrease: image shift to the left side on the print. CMY color can be matched to adjusted BK color position by Using MUSIC after operating this SP. 027 Area 0: Bk *ENG [-16.00 to 16.00 / 0 / 0.01dot/step] System Maintenance Section 2-181 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 901 Value decrease: image shift to the left side on the print. CMY color can be matched to adjusted BK color position by Using MUSIC after operating this SP. 079 Area 0: Ma *ENG [-16.00 to 16.00 / 0 / 0.01dot/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-182 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 902 Value decrease: image shift to the left side on the print. CMY color can be matched to adjusted BK color position by Using MUSIC after operating this SP. 131 Area 0: Cy *ENG [-16.00 to 16.00 / 0 / 0.01dot/step] System Maintenance Section 2-183 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 903 Value decrease: image shift to the left side on the print. CMY color can be matched to adjusted BK color position by Using MUSIC after operating this SP. 183 Area 0: Ye *ENG [-16.00 to 16.00 / 0 / 0.01dot/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-184 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 904 001 Standard Speed: Bk *ENG [50 to 120 / 100 / 1%/step] 002 Standard Speed: Ma *ENG [50 to 120 / 100 / 1%/step] 003 Standard Speed: Cy *ENG [50 to 120 / 100 / 1%/step] System Maintenance Section 2-185 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 905 [50.0 to 150.0 / 100.0 / 0.1%/step] 013 Front End Area: Cy: LD2 *ENG [50.0 to 150.0 / 100.0 / 0.1%/step] 014 Front End Area: Cy: LD3 *ENG [50.0 to 150.0 / 100.0 / 0.1%/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-186 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 906 [10 to 15 / 14 / 1/step] Vertical line width correction: isolated dot. 1200dpi:Indet.:Bk *ENG [10 to 15 / 15 / 1/step] Adjusts density for isolated dot. § Value increases: Deeper § Value decreases: Thinner Beware for side effects to image. System Maintenance Section 2-187 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 907 016 M. Right Mag.: Subdot: M *ENG 0.01dot/step] S. Cor.: 1200 Line: Standard: *ENG [-16384 to 16383 / 0 / 1line/step] S. Cor.: 1200 Sub: [-2.000 to 2.000 / 0.000 / *ENG Standard: M 0.001line/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-188 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 908 [-1.00 to 1.00 / 0.00 / 0.01dot/step] 049 S. Cor.: 1200 Line: Middle: Y *ENG [-16384 to 16383 / 0 / 1line/step] [-2.000 to 2.000 / 0.000 / 050 S. Cor.: 1200 Sub: Middle: Y *ENG 0.001line/step] System Maintenance Section 2-189 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 909 080 Detect Diff.: M *ENG [-1000.0 to 1000.0 / 0.0 / 0.1/step] 081 Detect Diff.: C *ENG [-1000.0 to 1000.0 / 0.0 / 0.1/step] 082 Detect Diff.: Y *ENG [-1000.0 to 1000.0 / 0.0 / 0.1/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-190 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 910 [-1.00 to 1.00 / 0.00 / 0.01dot/step] 020 M. Scan: Low: Dot: Y *ENG [-512 to 511 / 0 / 1dot/step] 021 M. Scan: Low: Subdot: Y *ENG [-1.00 to 1.00 / 0.00 / 0.01dot/step] System Maintenance Section 2-191 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 911 [-1.00 to 1.00 / 0.00 / 0.01line/step] 038 S. Scan: Low: Line: Y *ENG [-16384 to 16383 / 0 / 1line/step] 039 S. Scan: Low: Subline: Y *ENG [-1.00 to 1.00 / 0.00 / 0.01line/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-192 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 912 MUSIC when finish printing in Color mode. Page: Interrupt: BW+FC *ENG [0 to 999 / 200 / 1page/step] Condition threshold to auto execute MUSIC or not based on last printed sheets from MUSIC during printing in B&W+Color mode. System Maintenance Section 2-193 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 913 (drum temp. sensor) since last MUSIC. Page: Power ON:BW+FC *ENG [0 to 999 / 200 / 1page/step] Condition threshold to auto execute MUSIC on recover from energy save mode / Power on or not based sheets printed during electrification. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-194 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 914 Saves / Refreshes this SP with the total count of MUSIC failed since machine shipped. Error Result: C *ENG [0 to 9 / 0 / 1/step] Saves / Refreshes this SP with the Cyan result among the MUSIC execution result. System Maintenance Section 2-195 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 915 Temperature 4 *ENG [0 to 100 / 1 / 1deg/step] Condition threshold (Threshold revel: Mid.) to auto execute real time MUSIC or not based on the variation of internal temperature (drum temp. sensor) since last MUSIC. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-196 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 916 [0 or 1 / 0 / -] M: skew original setting. C: Skew Motor [0 or 1 / 0 / -] C: skew original setting. Y: Skew Motor [0 or 1 / 0 / -] Y: skew original setting. System Maintenance Section 2-197 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 917 Refers to develop bias set to this SP when electric potential control with Process control is not set. Middle Speed C *ENG [0 to 800 / 550 / 1-V/step] Refers to develop bias set to this SP when electric potential control with Process control is not set. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-198 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 918 [0 to 0 / 0 / 1%/step] Decides light amount to remove electricity at Mid. Speed. Low Speed *ENG [0 to 0 / 0 / 1%/step] Decides light amount to remove electricity at Low. Speed. System Maintenance Section 2-199 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 919 [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1mm/step] TS: imaging temperature (Celsius): developing with each temperature division U: displays Bk rotation distance. Log Clear [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] Clears image temperature usage environment log. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-200 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 920 0.01g/m3/step] Sets environment division threshold (MM/HM) Absolute Humidity:Threshold [0.00 to 100.00 / 24.00 / *ENG 0.01g/m3/step] Sets environment division threshold (HM/HH) Temperature:Threshold *ENG [-5 to 30 / 5 / 1deg/step] Sets absolute temperature threshold (SLL) System Maintenance Section 2-201 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 921 *ENG [0 to 600000 / 50000 / 10page/step] Sets time-lapse correction threshold. [Paper Size Correction] 2308 Sets paper width threshold for paper size correction. 001 Threshold 1 *ENG [0 to 350 / 297 / 1mm/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-202 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 922 [Transfer Roller CL:Bias] 2326 Sets CL bias for corresponding operation. 001 Positive:befor and after JOB *ENG [0 to 2100 / 250 / 10V/step] 002 Negative:befor and after JOB *ENG [10 to 995 / 100 / 10%/step] System Maintenance Section 2-203 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 923 [0 to 2100 / 500 / 10V/step] [Common:BW:Bias] 2351 Sets image transfer output value per line speed in BW mode. [0 to 80 / D146: 33, D147: 33, 001 Image Transfer:standard *ENG D148: 41, D149: 57, D150: 57 / 1uA/step]...
  • Page 924 Main SP Tables-2-1 [0 to (D146: 60, D147: 60, D148: 005 ImageTransfer:Middle:Bk *ENG 80, D149: 80, D150: 80) / 24 / 1uA/step] [0 to (D146: 60, D147: 60, D148: 006 ImageTransfer:Middle:C *ENG 80, D149: 80, D150: 80) / 24 /...
  • Page 925 004 Standard Speed: FC: K *ENG 005 Standard Speed: FC: C *ENG 006 Standard Speed: FC: M *ENG [1 to 60 / 1 / 1/step] 007 Standard Speed: FC: Y *ENG 008 Mid Speed: FC: K D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-206 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 926 [1 to 60 / 1 / 1/step] 010 Mid Speed: FC: M 011 Mid Speed: FC: Y 012 Low Speed: FC: K 013 Low Speed: FC: C 014 Low Speed: FC: M 015 Low Speed: FC: Y System Maintenance Section 2-207 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 927 [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] Width of Paper Transfer Roller *ENG 0: Default roller 1: Wide roller Width of Paper Transfer Roller Detatch timing in waiting *ENG [0 to 600 / 240 / 1min/step] Detach timing in waiting D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-208 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 928 Main SP Tables-2-1 [Plain1:Bias:BW] 2403 Sets paper transfer ampere per paper thickness / mode (FC/BW) / line speed / printing sides. [0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148: 250, D149: 250, D150: 250) / *ENG D146: 22, D147: 22, D148: 28, PaperTransfer:standard:1side...
  • Page 929 Main SP Tables-2-1 [0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148: 004 PaperTransfer:low:2side *ENG 250, D149: 250, D150: 250) / 14 / 1-uA/step] [Plain1:SizeCorrection:BW] 2411 Sets paper transfer ampere per paper thickness / mode (FC/BW) / line speed / printing sides.
  • Page 930 *ENG [100 to 995 / 131 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4 035 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4 *ENG [100 to 995 / 118 / 1%/step] 036 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4 *ENG [100 to 995 / 131 / 1%/step] Wide *ENG [100 to 995 / 132 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5 System Maintenance Section 2-211 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 931 *ENG [100 to 995 / 200 / 1%/step] 017 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5 *ENG [100 to 995 / 140 / 1%/step] 018 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5 *ENG [100 to 995 / 240 / 1%/step] 019 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5 *ENG [100 to 995 / 140 / 1%/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-212 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 932 *ENG [100 to 995 / 130 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4 Wide *ENG [100 to 995 / 200 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4 035 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4 *ENG [100 to 995 / 130 / 1%/step] 036 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4 *ENG [100 to 995 / 200 / 1%/step] System Maintenance Section 2-213 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 933 *ENG [1 to 100 / 18 / 1/step] 015 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4 *ENG [1 to 100 / 13 / 1/step] 016 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4 *ENG [1 to 100 / 18 / 1/step] 017 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5 *ENG [1 to 100 / 14 / 1/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-214 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 934 *ENG [1 to 100 / 17 / 1/step] Wide *ENG [1 to 100 / 13 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4 Wide *ENG [1 to 100 / 18 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4 035 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4 *ENG [1 to 100 / 13 / 1/step] System Maintenance Section 2-215 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 935 *ENG [1 to 100 / 23 / 1/step] 014 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4 *ENG [1 to 100 / 28 / 1/step] 015 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4 *ENG [1 to 100 / 23 / 1/step] 016 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4 *ENG [1 to 100 / 28 / 1/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-216 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 936 *ENG [1 to 100 / 22 / 1/step] 032 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S3 *ENG [1 to 100 / 27 / 1/step] Wide *ENG [1 to 100 / 23 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4 Wide *ENG [1 to 100 / 28 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4 System Maintenance Section 2-217 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 937 [0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step] 004 Paper Transfer:Low:2side *ENG [0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step] [Plain1:TrailEdgeCorrection] 2417 Sets output value [%] for paper transfer ampere leading edge correction per paper thickness / line speed / printing sides. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-218 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 938 [Plain2:Bias:BW] 2423 Sets paper transfer ampere per paper thickness / mode (FC/BW) / line speed / printing sides. [0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148: 250, D149: 250, D150: 250) / 001 PaperTransfer:standard:1side *ENG D146: 22, D147: 22, D148: 28,...
  • Page 939 [Plain2:Bias:FC] 2427 Sets paper transfer ampere per paper thickness / mode (FC/BW) / line speed / printing sides. [0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148: 250, D149: 250, D150: 250) / 001 PaperTransfer:standard:1side *ENG D146: 29, D147: 29, D148: 36,...
  • Page 940 *ENG [100 to 995 / 100 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1 023 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1 *ENG [100 to 995 / 100 / 1%/step] 024 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S1 *ENG [100 to 995 / 100 / 1%/step] Wide *ENG [100 to 995 / 100 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2 System Maintenance Section 2-221 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 941 (FC/BW) / line speed / printing sides. 001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1 *ENG [100 to 995 / 100 / 1%/step] 002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1 *ENG [100 to 995 / 100 / 1%/step] 003 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1 *ENG [100 to 995 / 100 / 1%/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-222 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 942 *ENG [100 to 995 / 100 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1 Wide *ENG [100 to 995 / 100 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1 023 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1 *ENG [100 to 995 / 100 / 1%/step] 024 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S1 *ENG [100 to 995 / 100 / 1%/step] System Maintenance Section 2-223 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 943 *ENG [100 to 995 / 240 / 1%/step] [Plain2:Size-Env.Correct:BW] 2433 Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per paper thickness / mode (FC/BW) / line speed / printing sides. 001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1 *ENG [1 to 100 / 10 / 1/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-224 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 944 (FC/BW) / line speed / printing sides. (With using optional wide unit) Wide *ENG [1 to 100 / 10 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1 Wide *ENG [1 to 100 / 15 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1 023 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1 *ENG [1 to 100 / 10 / 1/step] System Maintenance Section 2-225 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 945 *ENG [1 to 100 / 14 / 1/step] 040 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5 *ENG [1 to 100 / 19 / 1/step] [Plain2:Size-Env.Correct:FC] 2434 Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per paper thickness / mode (FC/BW) / line speed / printing sides. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-226 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 946 Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per paper thickness / mode (FC/BW) / line speed / printing sides. (With using optional wide unit) Wide *ENG [1 to 100 / 20 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1 Wide *ENG [1 to 100 / 25 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1 System Maintenance Section 2-227 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 947 *ENG [1 to 100 / 24 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5 Wide *ENG [1 to 100 / 29 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5 039 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5 *ENG [1 to 100 / 24 / 1/step] 040 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5 *ENG [1 to 100 / 29 / 1/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-228 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 948 [0 to 995 / 100 / 5%/step] 002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Side *ENG [0 to 995 / 100 / 5%/step] 003 Paper Transfer:Low:1side *ENG [0 to 995 / 100 / 5%/step] 004 Paper Transfer:Low:2side *ENG [0 to 995 / 100 / 5%/step] System Maintenance Section 2-229 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 949 [0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step] [Middle:Bias:BW] 2443 Sets paper transfer ampere per thickness / mode (FC/BW) / line speed / printing sides. [0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148: 250, D149: 250, D150: 250) / 001 PaperTransfer:standard:1side *ENG D146: 22, D147: 22, D148: 28,...
  • Page 950 Main SP Tables-2-1 [Middle:Bias:FC] 2447 Sets paper transfer ampere per thickness / mode (FC/BW) / line speed / printing sides. [0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148: 250, D149: 250, D150: 250) / 001 PaperTransfer:standard:1side *ENG D146: 29, D147: 29, D148: 36,...
  • Page 951 *ENG [100 to 995 / 100 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2 Wide *ENG [100 to 995 / 106 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2 027 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2 *ENG [100 to 995 / 100 / 1%/step] 028 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S2 *ENG [100 to 995 / 106 / 1%/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-232 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 952 *ENG [100 to 995 / 100 / 1%/step] 004 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S1 *ENG [100 to 995 / 100 / 1%/step] 005 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2 *ENG [100 to 995 / 106 / 1%/step] 006 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2 *ENG [100 to 995 / 132 / 1%/step] System Maintenance Section 2-233 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 953 *ENG [100 to 995 / 100 / 1%/step] 024 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S1 *ENG [100 to 995 / 100 / 1%/step] Wide *ENG [100 to 995 / 106 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2 Wide *ENG [100 to 995 / 132 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-234 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 954 *ENG [1 to 100 / 10 / 1/step] 002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1 *ENG [1 to 100 / 41 / 1/step] 003 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1 *ENG [1 to 100 / 10 / 1/step] 004 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S1 *ENG [1 to 100 / 41 / 1/step] System Maintenance Section 2-235 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 955 *ENG [1 to 100 / 41 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1 023 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1 *ENG [1 to 100 / 10 / 1/step] 024 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S1 *ENG [1 to 100 / 41 / 1/step] Wide *ENG [1 to 100 / 39 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-236 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 956 / printing sides. 001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1 *ENG [1 to 100 / 20 / 1/step] 002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1 *ENG [1 to 100 / 49 / 1/step] 003 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1 *ENG [1 to 100 / 20 / 1/step] System Maintenance Section 2-237 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 957 *ENG [1 to 100 / 20 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1 Wide *ENG [1 to 100 / 49 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1 023 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1 *ENG [1 to 100 / 20 / 1/step] 024 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S1 *ENG [1 to 100 / 49 / 1/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-238 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 958 *ENG [1 to 100 / 53 / 1/step] [Middle:LeadingEdgeCorrection] 2455 Sets output value [%] for paper transfer ampere leading edge correction per thickness / line speed / printing sides. 001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Side *ENG [0 to 995 / 100 / 5%/step] System Maintenance Section 2-239 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 959 [0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step] 002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2side *ENG [0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step] 003 Paper Transfer:Low:1side *ENG [0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step] 004 Paper Transfer:Low:2side *ENG [0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-240 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 960 Main SP Tables-2-1 [Thin:Bias:BW] 2463 Sets paper transfer ampere per thickness / mode (FC/BW) / line speed / printing sides. [0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148: 250, D149: 250, D150: 250) / 001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid *ENG D146: 22, D147: 22, D148: 28,...
  • Page 961 Main SP Tables-2-1 [0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148: 004 Paper Transfer:Low:2side *ENG 250, D149: 250, D150: 250) / 14 / 1-uA/step] [Thin:SizeCorrection:BW] 2471 Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per thickness / mode (FC/BW) / line speed / printing sides.
  • Page 962 *ENG [100 to 995 / 175 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4 035 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4 *ENG [100 to 995 / 121 / 1%/step] 036 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4 *ENG [100 to 995 / 175 / 1%/step] Wide *ENG [100 to 995 / 132 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5 System Maintenance Section 2-243 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 963 *ENG [100 to 995 / 177 / 1%/step] 017 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5 *ENG [100 to 995 / 140 / 1%/step] 018 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5 *ENG [100 to 995 / 200 / 1%/step] 019 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5 *ENG [100 to 995 / 140 / 1%/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-244 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 964 *ENG [100 to 995 / 128 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4 Wide *ENG [100 to 995 / 177 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4 035 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4 *ENG [100 to 995 / 128 / 1%/step] 036 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4 *ENG [100 to 995 / 177 / 1%/step] System Maintenance Section 2-245 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 965 *ENG [1 to 100 / 31 / 1/step] 015 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4 *ENG [1 to 100 / 13 / 1/step] 016 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4 *ENG [1 to 100 / 31 / 1/step] 017 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5 *ENG [1 to 100 / 14 / 1/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-246 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 966 *ENG [1 to 100 / 30 / 1/step] Wide *ENG [1 to 100 / 13 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4 Wide *ENG [1 to 100 / 31 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4 035 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4 *ENG [1 to 100 / 13 / 1/step] System Maintenance Section 2-247 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 967 *ENG [1 to 100 / 14 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5 Wide *ENG [1 to 100 / 32 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5 039 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5 *ENG [1 to 100 / 14 / 1/step] 040 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5 *ENG [1 to 100 / 32 / 1/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-248 System Maintenance Section...

  • Page 968: Main Sp Tables-7

    *ENG [1 to 100 / 37 / 1/step] 017 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5 *ENG [1 to 100 / 24 / 1/step] 018 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5 *ENG [1 to 100 / 38 / 1/step] 019 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5 *ENG [1 to 100 / 24 / 1/step] System Maintenance Section 2-249 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 969 *ENG [1 to 100 / 34 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4 Wide *ENG [1 to 100 / 37 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4 035 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4 *ENG [1 to 100 / 34 / 1/step] 036 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4 *ENG [1 to 100 / 37 / 1/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-250 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 970 Sets output value [%] for paper transfer ampere trailing edge correction per paper thickness / line speed / printing sides. 001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Side *ENG [0 to 995 / 100 / 5%/step] 002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Side *ENG [0 to 995 / 100 / 5%/step] System Maintenance Section 2-251 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 971 [0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step] [Thick1:Bias:BW] 2483 Sets paper transfer ampere per thickness / mode (FC/BW) / line speed / printing sides. [0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148: 001 PaperTransfer:middle:1side *ENG 250, D149: 250, D150: 250) / 16 / 1-uA/step]...
  • Page 972 Main SP Tables-2-2 [Thick1:Bias:FC] 2487 Sets paper transfer ampere per thickness / mode (FC/BW) / line speed / printing sides. [0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148: *ENG 250, D149: 250, D150: 250) / 23 / PaperTransfer:middle:1side 1-uA/step] [0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148:...
  • Page 973 *ENG [100 to 995 / 100 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S2 Wide *ENG [100 to 995 / 177 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:2Sid:S2 Wide *ENG [100 to 995 / 100 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2 Wide *ENG [100 to 995 / 177 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S2 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-254 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 974 Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per thickness / mode (FC/BW) / line speed / printing sides. 001 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S1 *ENG [100 to 995 / 100 / 1%/step] 002 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S1 *ENG [100 to 995 / 100 / 1%/step] System Maintenance Section 2-255 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 975 / printing sides. (With using optional wide unit) Wide *ENG [100 to 995 / 100 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S1 Wide *ENG [100 to 995 / 100 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:2Sid:S1 Wide *ENG [100 to 995 / 100 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-256 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 976 *ENG [100 to 995 / 100 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4 Wide *ENG [100 to 995 / 308 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4 Wide *ENG [100 to 995 / 100 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S5 Wide *ENG [100 to 995 / 385 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:2Sid:S5 System Maintenance Section 2-257 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 977 *ENG [1 to 100 / 60 / 1/step] 017 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S5 *ENG [1 to 100 / 56 / 1/step] 018 PaperTransfer:middle:2Sid:S5 *ENG [1 to 100 / 61 / 1/step] 019 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5 *ENG [1 to 100 / 56 / 1/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-258 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 978 *ENG [1 to 100 / 59 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:2Sid:S3 Wide *ENG [1 to 100 / 56 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3 Wide *ENG [1 to 100 / 59 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S3 Wide *ENG [1 to 100 / 56 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S4 System Maintenance Section 2-259 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 979 *ENG [1 to 100 / 66 / 1/step] 009 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S3 *ENG [1 to 100 / 63 / 1/step] 010 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S3 *ENG [1 to 100 / 67 / 1/step] 011 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3 *ENG [1 to 100 / 63 / 1/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-260 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 980 *ENG [1 to 100 / 63 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S2 Wide *ENG [1 to 100 / 66 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:2Sid:S2 Wide *ENG [1 to 100 / 63 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2 Wide *ENG [1 to 100 / 66 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S2 System Maintenance Section 2-261 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 981 Sets output value [%] for paper transfer ampere leading edge correction per thickness / line speed / printing sides. 001 PaperTransfer:middle:1Side *ENG [0 to 995 / 100 / 5%/step] 002 PaperTransfer:middle:2Side *ENG [0 to 995 / 100 / 5%/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-262 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 982 [0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step] 002 PaperTransfer:middle:2Side *ENG [0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step] 003 Paper Transfer:Low:1side *ENG [0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step] 004 Paper Transfer:Low:2side *ENG [0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step] System Maintenance Section 2-263 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 983 Main SP Tables-2-2 [Thick2:Bias:BW] 2503 Sets paper transfer ampere per thickness / mode (FC/BW) / printing sides. [0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148: 003 PaperTransfer:1side *ENG 250, D149: 250, D150: 250) / 11 / 1-uA/step] [0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148:...
  • Page 984 [100 to 995 / 267 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S5 [Thick2:SizeCorrection:FC] 2512 Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per thickness / mode (FC/BW) / printing sides. 003 PaperTransfer:1Side:S1 *ENG [100 to 995 / 100 / 1%/step] System Maintenance Section 2-265 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 985 [100 to 995 / 100 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S3 Wide *ENG [100 to 995 / 229 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S3 Wide *ENG [100 to 995 / 100 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S4 Wide *ENG [100 to 995 / 286 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S4 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-266 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 986 [1 to 100 / 70 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S1 Wide *ENG [1 to 100 / 72 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S1 Wide *ENG [1 to 100 / 71 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S2 Wide *ENG [1 to 100 / 73 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S2 System Maintenance Section 2-267 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 987 [1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step] 020 PaperTransfer:2Side:S5 *ENG [1 to 100 / 84 / 1/step] [Thick2:Size-Env.Correct:FC] 2514 Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per thickness / mode (FC/BW) / printing sides. (When using optional wide unit.) D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-268 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 988 Sets output value [%] for paper transfer ampere leading edge correction per thickness / printing sides. 003 Paper Transfer:1side *ENG [0 to 995 / 100 / 5%/step] 004 Paper Transfer:2side *ENG [0 to 995 / 100 / 5%/step] System Maintenance Section 2-269 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 989 [0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step] [Thick3:Bias:BW] 2523 Sets paper transfer ampere per thickness / mode (FC/BW) / printing sides. [0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148: 003 PaperTransfer:1side *ENG 250, D149: 250, D150: 250) / 11 / 1-uA/step]...
  • Page 990 Main SP Tables-2-2 [Thick3:Bias:FC] 2527 Sets paper transfer ampere per thickness / mode (FC/BW) / printing sides. [0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148: 003 PaperTransfer:1side *ENG 250, D149: 250, D150: 250) / 19 / 1-uA/step] [0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148:...
  • Page 991 [100 to 995 / 181 / 1%/step] 011 PaperTransfer:1Side:S3 *ENG [100 to 995 / 100 / 1%/step] 012 PaperTransfer:2Side:S3 *ENG [100 to 995 / 229 / 1%/step] 015 PaperTransfer:1Side:S4 *ENG [100 to 995 / 100 / 1%/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-272 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 992 [100 to 995 / 100 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S4 Wide *ENG [100 to 995 / 286 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S4 Wide *ENG [100 to 995 / 100 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S5 Wide *ENG [100 to 995 / 381 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S5 System Maintenance Section 2-273 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 993 [1 to 100 / 86 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S2 Wide *ENG [1 to 100 / 88 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S2 Wide *ENG [1 to 100 / 86 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S3 Wide *ENG [1 to 100 / 89 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S3 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-274 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 994 Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per thickness / mode (FC/BW) / printing sides. (When using optional wide unit.) Wide *ENG [1 to 100 / 77 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S1 Wide *ENG [1 to 100 / 92 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S1 System Maintenance Section 2-275 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 995 Sets switch timing for paper transfer ampere leading edge correction per thickness / printing sides. 003 Paper Transfer:1side *ENG [0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step] 004 Paper Transfer:2side *ENG [0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-276 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 996 004 Paper Transfer:2side *ENG [0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step] [OHP:Bias:BW] 2543 Sets paper transfer ampere per mode (FC/BW) of OHP. [0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148: *ENG 250, D149: 250, D150: 250) / 11 / PaperTransfer 1-uA/step] [OHP:Bias:FC] 2547 Sets paper transfer ampere per mode (FC/BW) of OHP.
  • Page 997 [100 to 995 / 100 / 1%/step] 027 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:S2 *ENG [100 to 995 / 181 / 1%/step] 031 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:S3 *ENG [100 to 995 / 229 / 1%/step] 035 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:S4 *ENG [100 to 995 / 286 / 1%/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-278 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 998 [1 to 100 / 78 / 1/step] 011 PaperTransfer:S3 *ENG [1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step] 015 PaperTransfer:S4 *ENG [1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step] 019 PaperTransfer:S5 *ENG [1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step] System Maintenance Section 2-279 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 999 *ENG [0 to 995 / 100 / 5%/step] [OHP:SwitchTimingTrailEdge] 2558 Sets switch timing for paper transfer ampere trailing edge correction of OHP. 003 Paper Transfer *ENG [0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step] 2563 [Special1:Bias:BW] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-280 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 1000 Main SP Tables-2-2 Sets paper transfer ampere per mode (FC/BW) / printing sides of special paper [0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148: 250, D149: 250, D150: 250) / 001 PaperTransfer:standard:1side *ENG D146: 22, D147: 22, D148: 28, D149: 38, D150: 38 / 1-uA/step]...
  • Page 1001 Main SP Tables-2-2 [0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148: 004 PaperTransfer:low:2side *ENG 250, D149: 250, D150: 250) / 14 / 1-uA/step] [Special1:SizeCorrection:BW] 2571 Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per mode (FC/BW) / printing sides of special paper 1.
  • Page 1002 *ENG [100 to 995 / 131 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4 035 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4 *ENG [100 to 995 / 118 / 1%/step] 036 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4 *ENG [100 to 995 / 131 / 1%/step] Wide *ENG [100 to 995 / 132 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5 System Maintenance Section 2-283 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 1003 *ENG [100 to 995 / 200 / 1%/step] 017 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5 *ENG [100 to 995 / 140 / 1%/step] 018 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5 *ENG [100 to 995 / 240 / 1%/step] 019 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5 *ENG [100 to 995 / 140 / 1%/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-284 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 1004 *ENG [100 to 995 / 130 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4 Wide *ENG [100 to 995 / 200 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4 035 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4 *ENG [100 to 995 / 130 / 1%/step] 036 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4 *ENG [100 to 995 / 200 / 1%/step] System Maintenance Section 2-285 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 1005 *ENG [1 to 100 / 18 / 1/step] 015 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4 *ENG [1 to 100 / 13 / 1/step] 016 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4 *ENG [1 to 100 / 18 / 1/step] 017 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5 *ENG [1 to 100 / 14 / 1/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-286 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 1006 *ENG [1 to 100 / 17 / 1/step] Wide *ENG [1 to 100 / 13 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4 Wide *ENG [1 to 100 / 18 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4 035 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4 *ENG [1 to 100 / 13 / 1/step] System Maintenance Section 2-287 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 1007 *ENG [1 to 100 / 23 / 1/step] 014 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4 *ENG [1 to 100 / 28 / 1/step] 015 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4 *ENG [1 to 100 / 23 / 1/step] 016 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4 *ENG [1 to 100 / 28 / 1/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-288 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 1008 *ENG [1 to 100 / 22 / 1/step] 032 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S3 *ENG [1 to 100 / 27 / 1/step] Wide *ENG [1 to 100 / 23 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4 Wide *ENG [1 to 100 / 28 / 1/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4 System Maintenance Section 2-289 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 1009 [0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step] 004 Paper Transfer:Low:2side *ENG [0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step] [Special1:TrailEdgeCorrection] 2577 Sets output value [%] for paper transfer ampere trailing edge correction per line speed / printing sides of special paper 1. D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-290 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 1010 [0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step] [Special2:Bias:BW] 2583 Sets paper transfer ampere per mode (FC/BW) / printing sides of special paper [0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148: 250, D149: 250, D150: 250) / 001 PaperTransfer:standard:1side *ENG D146: 22, D147: 22, D148: 28,...
  • Page 1011 Main SP Tables-2-2 [Special2:Bias:FC] 2587 Sets paper transfer ampere per mode (FC/BW) / printing sides of special paper [0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148: 250, D149: 250, D150: 250) / 001 PaperTransfer:standard:1side *ENG D146: 29, D147: 29, D148: 36,...
  • Page 1012 *ENG [100 to 995 / 105 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2 027 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2 *ENG [100 to 995 / 100 / 1%/step] 028 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S2 *ENG [100 to 995 / 105 / 1%/step] Wide *ENG [100 to 995 / 105 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3 System Maintenance Section 2-293 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...
  • Page 1013 *ENG [100 to 995 / 120 / 1%/step] 006 PaperTransfer:standard:2Sid:S2 *ENG [100 to 995 / 140 / 1%/step] 007 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2 *ENG [100 to 995 / 120 / 1%/step] 008 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S2 *ENG [100 to 995 / 140 / 1%/step] D146/D147/D148/D149/D150 2-294 System Maintenance Section...
  • Page 1014 *ENG [100 to 995 / 120 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2 Wide *ENG [100 to 995 / 140 / 1%/step] Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2 027 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2 *ENG [100 to 995 / 120 / 1%/step] 028 Wide Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S2 *ENG [100 to 995 / 140 / 1%/step] System Maintenance Section 2-295 D146/D147/D148/D149/D150...

This manual is also suitable for:

D147D149D148D150

Table of Contents

Save PDF